I don't know of anything....sorry! I know met is the best thing out there. I do know that the side effects usually go away after about a month on it, even though they can be pretty severe at first. And I do know that the side effects are worse if you eat high fat and high carb foods....like you're being punished for eating poorly.
This dish can be eaten for any meal of the day. And it freezes well! Prep time: 60 minutes Ingredients:
9" pie crust
6 eggs
2 c. heavy cream
1 c. cheddar cheese
8 oz. broiled/pan-fried bacon Directions:
Preheat oven to 425 degrees Fahrenheit (218 degress Celsius).
Whisk eggs and cream in a medium mixing bowl until well blended.
Stir cheese into egg mixture.
Sprinkle bacon over pie crust.
Pour egg mixture over bacon.
Bake for 15 minutes at 435 degrees Fahrenheit (223 degrees Celsius). Then reduce heat to 325 degrees Fahrenheit (162 degrees Celsius) and bake for approximately 35 minutes longer. Quiche is finished cooking when a knife inserted in the middle comes out clean.
Let the quiche cool for a few minutes before cutting.
Serves: 8 Serving size: 1/8 of pie Nutritional analysis (per serving):
605 calories
20 g protein
52 g fat
732 mg sodium
164 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
This dish can be eaten for any meal of the day. And it freezes well! Prep time: 60 minutes Ingredients:
9" pie crust
6 eggs
2 c. heavy cream
1 c. cheddar cheese
8 oz. broiled/pan-fried bacon Directions:
Preheat oven to 425 degrees Fahrenheit (218 degress Celsius).
Whisk eggs and cream in a medium mixing bowl until well blended.
Stir cheese into egg mixture.
Sprinkle bacon over pie crust.
Pour egg mixture over bacon.
Bake for 15 minutes at 435 degrees Fahrenheit (223 degrees Celsius). Then reduce heat to 325 degrees Fahrenheit (162 degrees Celsius) and bake for approximately 35 minutes longer. Quiche is finished cooking when a knife inserted in the middle comes out clean.
Let the quiche cool for a few minutes before cutting.
Serves: 8 Serving size: 1/8 of pie Nutritional analysis (per serving):
605 calories
20 g protein
52 g fat
732 mg sodium
164 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
This dish can be eaten for any meal of the day. And it freezes well! Prep time: 60 minutes Ingredients:
9" pie crust
6 eggs
2 c. heavy cream
1 c. cheddar cheese
8 oz. broiled/pan-fried bacon Directions:
Preheat oven to 425 degrees Fahrenheit (218 degress Celsius).
Whisk eggs and cream in a medium mixing bowl until well blended.
Stir cheese into egg mixture.
Sprinkle bacon over pie crust.
Pour egg mixture over bacon.
Bake for 15 minutes at 435 degrees Fahrenheit (223 degrees Celsius). Then reduce heat to 325 degrees Fahrenheit (162 degrees Celsius) and bake for approximately 35 minutes longer. Quiche is finished cooking when a knife inserted in the middle comes out clean.
Let the quiche cool for a few minutes before cutting.
Serves: 8 Serving size: 1/8 of pie Nutritional analysis (per serving):
605 calories
20 g protein
52 g fat
732 mg sodium
164 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
This dish can be eaten for any meal of the day. And it freezes well! Prep time: 60 minutes Ingredients:
9" pie crust
6 eggs
2 c. heavy cream
1 c. cheddar cheese
8 oz. broiled/pan-fried bacon Directions:
Preheat oven to 425 degrees Fahrenheit (218 degress Celsius).
Whisk eggs and cream in a medium mixing bowl until well blended.
Stir cheese into egg mixture.
Sprinkle bacon over pie crust.
Pour egg mixture over bacon.
Bake for 15 minutes at 435 degrees Fahrenheit (223 degrees Celsius). Then reduce heat to 325 degrees Fahrenheit (162 degrees Celsius) and bake for approximately 35 minutes longer. Quiche is finished cooking when a knife inserted in the middle comes out clean.
Let the quiche cool for a few minutes before cutting.
Serves: 8 Serving size: 1/8 of pie Nutritional analysis (per serving):
605 calories
20 g protein
52 g fat
732 mg sodium
164 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
This dish can be eaten for any meal of the day. And it freezes well! Prep time: 60 minutes Ingredients:
9" pie crust
6 eggs
2 c. heavy cream
1 c. cheddar cheese
8 oz. broiled/pan-fried bacon Directions:
Preheat oven to 425 degrees Fahrenheit (218 degress Celsius).
Whisk eggs and cream in a medium mixing bowl until well blended.
Stir cheese into egg mixture.
Sprinkle bacon over pie crust.
Pour egg mixture over bacon.
Bake for 15 minutes at 435 degrees Fahrenheit (223 degrees Celsius). Then reduce heat to 325 degrees Fahrenheit (162 degrees Celsius) and bake for approximately 35 minutes longer. Quiche is finished cooking when a knife inserted in the middle comes out clean.
Let the quiche cool for a few minutes before cutting.
Serves: 8 Serving size: 1/8 of pie Nutritional analysis (per serving):
605 calories
20 g protein
52 g fat
732 mg sodium
164 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
This dish can be eaten for any meal of the day. And it freezes well! Prep time: 60 minutes Ingredients:
9" pie crust
6 eggs
2 c. heavy cream
1 c. cheddar cheese
8 oz. broiled/pan-fried bacon Directions:
Preheat oven to 425 degrees Fahrenheit (218 degress Celsius).
Whisk eggs and cream in a medium mixing bowl until well blended.
Stir cheese into egg mixture.
Sprinkle bacon over pie crust.
Pour egg mixture over bacon.
Bake for 15 minutes at 435 degrees Fahrenheit (223 degrees Celsius). Then reduce heat to 325 degrees Fahrenheit (162 degrees Celsius) and bake for approximately 35 minutes longer. Quiche is finished cooking when a knife inserted in the middle comes out clean.
Let the quiche cool for a few minutes before cutting.
Serves: 8 Serving size: 1/8 of pie Nutritional analysis (per serving):
605 calories
20 g protein
52 g fat
732 mg sodium
164 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
This dish can be eaten for any meal of the day. And it freezes well! Prep time: 60 minutes Ingredients:
9" pie crust
6 eggs
2 c. heavy cream
1 c. cheddar cheese
8 oz. broiled/pan-fried bacon Directions:
Preheat oven to 425 degrees Fahrenheit (218 degress Celsius).
Whisk eggs and cream in a medium mixing bowl until well blended.
Stir cheese into egg mixture.
Sprinkle bacon over pie crust.
Pour egg mixture over bacon.
Bake for 15 minutes at 435 degrees Fahrenheit (223 degrees Celsius). Then reduce heat to 325 degrees Fahrenheit (162 degrees Celsius) and bake for approximately 35 minutes longer. Quiche is finished cooking when a knife inserted in the middle comes out clean.
Let the quiche cool for a few minutes before cutting.
Serves: 8 Serving size: 1/8 of pie Nutritional analysis (per serving):
605 calories
20 g protein
52 g fat
732 mg sodium
164 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary de
This dish can be eaten for any meal of the day. And it freezes well! Prep time: 60 minutes Ingredients:
9" pie crust
6 eggs
2 c. heavy cream
1 c. cheddar cheese
8 oz. broiled/pan-fried bacon Directions:
Preheat oven to 425 degrees Fahrenheit (218 degress Celsius).
Whisk eggs and cream in a medium mixing bowl until well blended.
Stir cheese into egg mixture.
Sprinkle bacon over pie crust.
Pour egg mixture over bacon.
Bake for 15 minutes at 435 degrees Fahrenheit (223 degrees Celsius). Then reduce heat to 325 degrees Fahrenheit (162 degrees Celsius) and bake for approximately 35 minutes longer. Quiche is finished cooking when a knife inserted in the middle comes out clean.
Let the quiche cool for a few minutes before cutting.
Serves: 8 Serving size: 1/8 of pie Nutritional analysis (per serving):
605 calories
20 g protein
52 g fat
732 mg sodium
164 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
pending on ingredient brands used.
This dish can be eaten for any meal of the day. And it freezes well! Prep time: 60 minutes Ingredients:
9" pie crust
6 eggs
2 c. heavy cream
1 c. cheddar cheese
8 oz. broiled/pan-fried bacon Directions:
Preheat oven to 425 degrees Fahrenheit (218 degress Celsius).
Whisk eggs and cream in a medium mixing bowl until well blended.
Stir cheese into egg mixture.
Sprinkle bacon over pie crust.
Pour egg mixture over bacon.
Bake for 15 minutes at 435 degrees Fahrenheit (223 degrees Celsius). Then reduce heat to 325 degrees Fahrenheit (162 degrees Celsius) and bake for approximately 35 minutes longer. Quiche is finished cooking when a knife inserted in the middle comes out clean.
Let the quiche cool for a few minutes before cutting.
Serves: 8 Serving size: 1/8 of pie Nutritional analysis (per serving):
605 calories
20 g protein
52 g fat
732 mg sodium
164 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions: Variations and suggestions:
This dish can be eaten for any meal of the day. And it freezes well! Prep time: 60 minutes Ingredients:
9" pie crust
6 eggs
2 c. heavy cream
1 c. cheddar cheese
8 oz. broiled/pan-fried bacon Directions:
Preheat oven to 425 degrees Fahrenheit (218 degress Celsius).
Whisk eggs and cream in a medium mixing bowl until well blended.
Stir cheese into egg mixture.
Sprinkle bacon over pie crust.
Pour egg mixture over bacon.
Bake for 15 minutes at 435 degrees Fahrenheit (223 degrees Celsius). Then reduce heat to 325 degrees Fahrenheit (162 degrees Celsius) and bake for approximately 35 minutes longer. Quiche is finished cooking when a knife inserted in the middle comes out clean.
Let the quiche cool for a few minutes before cutting.
Serves: 8 Serving size: 1/8 of pie Nutritional analysis (per serving):
605 calories
20 g protein
52 g fat
732 mg sodium
164 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
This dish can be eaten for any meal of the day. And it freezes well! Prep time: 60 minutes Ingredients:
9" pie crust
6 eggs
2 c. heavy cream
1 c. cheddar cheese
8 oz. broiled/pan-fried bacon Directions:
Preheat oven to 425 degrees Fahrenheit (218 degress Celsius).
Whisk eggs and cream in a medium mixing bowl until well blended.
Stir cheese into egg mixture.
Sprinkle bacon over pie crust.
Pour egg mixture over bacon.
Bake for 15 minutes at 435 degrees Fahrenheit (223 degrees Celsius). Then reduce heat to 325 degrees Fahrenheit (162 degrees Celsius) and bake for approximately 35 minutes longer. Quiche is finished cooking when a knife inserted in the middle comes out clean.
Let the quiche cool for a few minutes before cutting.
Serves: 8 Serving size: 1/8 of pie Nutritional analysis (per serving):
605 calories
20 g protein
52 g fat
732 mg sodium
164 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depen
Birthday cake. Pizza. Chocolate chip cookies. For people with celiac disease, a lifelong disorder of the digestive system, these foods aren't always the treats that most people think they are. Why? Because they usually contain a type of protein called gluten, which causes problems for people with celiac disease. What Is Gluten?
Gluten is the common term for a group of proteins found in wheat (durum, kamut, semolina, or spelt), rye, barley triticale, and farina. Grains are so common in our diet that gluten is second only to sugar as our most commonly consumed ingredient. What Is Celiac Disease and What Causes It?
The digestive system is the set of organs that digest food and absorb the important nutrients the body needs to stay healthy and grow. One important part of the digestive system is the small intestine, which is lined with millions of microscopic, finger-like projections called villi (pronounced: vih-lye). Nutrients are absorbed into the body through the villi.
People who have celiac (pronounced: see-lee-ak) disease have a disorder that makes their bodies react to gluten. When they eat gluten, an immune system reaction to the protein gradually damages the villi in the small intestine. When the villi are damaged, the body is unable to absorb the vitamins, minerals, and other nutrients it needs to stay healthy. People with celiac disease are therefore at risk of malnutrition and can develop anemia (a decreased number of red blood cells due to lack of iron) or osteoporosis (brittle bones from lack of calcium).
The body's inability to absorb nutrients can also mean that young people with untreated celiac disease may not grow properly and may have weight loss and fatigue. In addition, people who have celiac disease may be prone to developing other diseases, such as thyroid disease, type 1 diabetes, and gastrointestinal cancer.
Experts don't know exactly why people get celiac disease, which is also called gluten intolerance, celiac sprue, nontropical sprue, or gluten-sensitive enteropathy. The disease has some genetic background, which means that it may run in families. Just like eye or hair color, people inherit the genes that make them more likely to get celiac disease from their parents and grandparents. If an immediate family member, such as a parent, brother, or sister has celiac disease, there's about a 5% to 10% chance that you could have it, too. Celiac disease affects people of all heritages and backgrounds.
In the past, experts believed celiac disease to be somewhat rare and it was usually diagnosed only in very young children. It is estimated that 1 in 133 people in the United States has the condition. Many people who have celiac disease don't know that they have it. Signs and Symptoms
It's important to diagnose celiac disease early before it causes damage to the intestine. But because it's easy to confuse the symptoms with other intestinal disorders, such as irritable bowel syndrome or lactose intolerance, teens with celiac disease may not know they have it.
Some common symptoms of celiac disease are diarrhea, abdominal pain and bloating, and weight loss. People with the disease may feel tired, and they could be irritable or depressed. Some have skin rashes and mouth sores. Teens with undiagnosed celiac disease may go through puberty late.
Sometimes a person who has celiac disease may not show any symptoms until he or she goes through an emotionally or physically stressful event, such as going away to college, illness, or an injury or pregnancy. How Is Celiac Disease Diagnosed?
Because the symptoms of celiac disease are similar to some other digestive conditions, only a doctor can tell for sure if a person has the disease. First the doctor will do a medical history, where he or she will ask you about any concerns and symptoms you have, your past health, your family's health, any medications you're taking, any allergies you have, and other issues. In addition to doing a medical history, your doctor will do a physical examination.
If a doctor suspects a person has celiac disease, he or she will probably order a blood test as a first step in diagnosing the disease. If the results of the blood test show the person has a high level of antibodies to gluten and to certain other proteins in the intestinal lining — a sign that the person could have celiac disease — then the doctor may order a biopsy of the small intestine to confirm the diagnosis.
In the case of celiac disease, doctors take a tissue sample from the small intestine by inserting a long, thin tube called an endoscope through the mouth and stomach into the small intestine. A person is always moderately sedated during this procedure. In some cases, a doctor may put a person to sleep with general anesthesia. The sample is sent to to a laboratory for testing. How Is It Treated?
Once a doctor has a diagnosis, he or she will help treat the condition. Although there is no cure for celiac disease, it can be managed successfully by following a gluten-free diet. People with celiac disease need to follow this diet for life. Because gluten can be found in everything from breakfast cereals to prepared luncheon meats, people with celiac disease need to be very aware of what's in the foods they eat. If you've been diagnosed with celiac disease, a doctor or dietitian who specializes in celiac disease can help you develop an eating plan that works with your lifestyle.
Luckily, the small intestine can heal. Although this process may take up to a year, many people start to feel better after just a few days on a gluten-free diet. But feeling better doesn't mean that people with celiac disease can resume eating foods containing gluten. Because the genes that cause the disease are present in the body and the immune system continues to react to gluten, the symptoms and problems will return if a person with celiac disease starts eating gluten again. Taking Care of Yourself
The good news about celiac disease is that the foods mentioned at the beginning of this article, including birthday cake and pizza, can be prepared without gluten. So if you have celiac disease, you can still find ways to enjoy most of your favorite foods — you just need to do some research and be aware of what's in the foods you eat.
Here are four things you should do if you have celiac disease:
Learn to read labels to find out if a food contains gluten.
Learn which foods are gluten free.
Find alternatives to flour and other grain ingredients for your recipes.
Find a support group where you and other people with the condition can share up-to-date information.
Eating Out
If you have celiac disease, you don't have to limit yourself to eating at home. With experience and knowledge, you'll be able to figure out which dishes at restaurants or friends' homes contain gluten. You may even have some restaurants in your town that offer gluten-free dishes on their menus. Ask at restaurants or consult your dietitian or a celiac disease support group for this type of information. Sometimes, no matter how well prepared you are, you might not be able to find out if a particular food is gluten free. When in doubt, leave it out!
Here are some tips to remember when choosing foods for celiac disease: Start with the foods you can eat. Foods and ingredients that you can eat and use in cooking include: foods made with the flours of corn, rice, buckwheat, sorghum, arrowroot, garbanzo beans (chickpeas), quinoa, tapioca, teff, and potato (provided other ingredients in your recipe do not contain gluten). You can also eat all plain meat, fish, chicken, legumes, nuts, seeds, oils, milk, cheese, eggs, fruits, and vegetables. Be on the lookout for possible cross-contamination. Even when eating or preparing foods that are gluten free, if these foods come into contact with foods that contain gluten, you run the risk of something called cross-contamination. For example, crumbs from regular wheat bread can find their way into jams, spreads, or condiments if people aren't careful to use a fresh knife or utensil each time. Keeping condiments in squeezable bottles or using separate jams and spreads is a great idea for people with celiac disease. It's also a good idea to keep a separate toaster for gluten-free bread.
If someone in your family bakes with products that contain gluten, you need to thoroughly clean appliances, utensils, and work surfaces before preparing your gluten-free products. Remember to wash your hands thoroughly and often.
If the food manufacturing environment is not a dedicated gluten-free environment, there is the potential for contamination. For example, gluten-free bread prepared in a bakery that also produces regular products may be contaminated. This can happen when machinery is not properly cleaned between the production of gluten-containing and gluten-free products. Some manufacturers are now producing products in gluten-free environments. Know the foods and ingredients to avoid. These include:
beer and other grain-based alcohol products
bouillons and broths
breading (such as the coating on breaded chicken cutlets, etc.)
brown rice syrup (frequently made from barley)
cake flour (made from wheat)
caramel color (occasionally made from barley)
communion wafers
couscous
creamed or breaded vegetables
dextrin (a rare ingredient, which may be made from wheat; maltodextrin is OK for people with celiac disease to eat)
dry roasted nuts (processing agents may contain wheat flour or flavorings)
fried chicken
french fries (if they've been coated in flour)
gravies and sauces (including some tomato and meat sauces)
imitation bacon, crab, or other seafood
luncheon and processed meats
malt or malt flavoring (usually made from barley)
marinades
matzo
modified food starch (most food manufacturers will now specify the source of this ingredient; e.g., modified cornstarch, which is OK, or modified wheat starch, which is not)
nondairy creamer
pastas
salad dressings
seasonings (pure spices are OK, but check seasoning mixes for gluten-containing additives)
some herbal teas and flavored coffees
soup mixes and canned soups
soy sauce and soy sauce solids (they may be fermented with wheat; don't eat them unless you verify they're OK with a dietitian)
spreads, soft cheeses, and dips
stuffings
thickeners
udon noodles
wheat-free products (wheat free does not mean gluten free; many wheat-free cookies and breads contain barley or rye flour, which contains gluten and other gluten-containing ingredients)
yogurts with wheat starch
A recent law now helps make checking labels for gluten a bit easier. Since January 2006, all food labels are required to clearly state if the food contains any of the top eight food allergens, including wheat. However, wheat free doesn't mean gluten free. Lawmakers are also working to make labels easier for people with celiac disease by requiring companies to identify other components, such as hidden ingredients and barley and rye. Finding Gluten-Free Foods and Ingredients
Most grocery stores carry a few gluten-free products these days. You may be able to find gluten-free bread, cereal, baking mixes, cookies, and crackers at your local market. For a wider selection, make a trip to a health food store. Be aware that lots of natural markets and health-food stores keep foods in bulk bins. It's not a good idea to use even gluten-free products from these bins because the risk of cross contamination is very high. Many specialty shops online also sell a range of gluten-free products, such as bread, pizza crusts, and pastas. Many regular and online shops even sell gluten-free flour blends that you can use to make your own pancakes and waffles, pizza dough, cookies, and brownies.
Eating a gluten-free diet is a lifelong commitment. But if you have celiac disease, you are not alone. There are lots of support groups, cookbooks, and websites dedicated to living a gluten-free life. A word of caution, though: What experts know about celiac disease is developing so rapidly that many books and sites are out of date. To make sure you always have the most current and accurate information, consider joining one of the national celiac organizations. There are even gluten-free summer camps and special support groups just for kids and teens.
ding on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
__________________ Jennifer DX-november 2005 glucophage 2000mg spironolactone 200mg yaz and nexium
To view links or images in signatures your post count must be 0 or greater. You currently have 0 posts.
To view links or images in signatures your post count must be 0 or greater. You currently have 0 posts.
Birthday cake. Pizza. Chocolate chip cookies. For people with celiac disease, a lifelong disorder of the digestive system, these foods aren't always the treats that most people think they are. Why? Because they usually contain a type of protein called gluten, which causes problems for people with celiac disease. What Is Gluten?
Gluten is the common term for a group of proteins found in wheat (durum, kamut, semolina, or spelt), rye, barley triticale, and farina. Grains are so common in our diet that gluten is second only to sugar as our most commonly consumed ingredient.
What Is Celiac Disease and What Causes It?
The digestive system is the set of organs that digest food and absorb the important nutrients the body needs to stay healthy and grow. One important part of the digestive system is the small intestine, which is lined with millions of microscopic, finger-like projections called villi (pronounced: vih-lye). Nutrients are absorbed into the body through the villi.
People who have celiac (pronounced: see-lee-ak) disease have a disorder that makes their bodies react to gluten. When they eat gluten, an immune system reaction to the protein gradually damages the villi in the small intestine. When the villi are damaged, the body is unable to absorb the vitamins, minerals, and other nutrients it needs to stay healthy. People with celiac disease are therefore at risk of malnutrition and can develop anemia (a decreased number of red blood cells due to lack of iron) or osteoporosis (brittle bones from lack of calcium).
The body's inability to absorb nutrients can also mean that young people with untreated celiac disease may not grow properly and may have weight loss and fatigue. In addition, people who have celiac disease may be prone to developing other diseases, such as thyroid disease, type 1 diabetes, and gastrointestinal cancer.
Experts don't know exactly why people get celiac disease, which is also called gluten intolerance, celiac sprue, nontropical sprue, or gluten-sensitive enteropathy. The disease has some genetic background, which means that it may run in families. Just like eye or hair color, people inherit the genes that make them more likely to get celiac disease from their parents and grandparents. If an immediate family member, such as a parent, brother, or sister has celiac disease, there's about a 5% to 10% chance that you could have it, too. Celiac disease affects people of all heritages and backgrounds.
In the past, experts believed celiac disease to be somewhat rare and it was usually diagnosed only in very young children. It is estimated that 1 in 133 people in the United States has the condition. Many people who have celiac disease don't know that they have it. Signs and Symptoms
It's important to diagnose celiac disease early before it causes damage to the intestine. But because it's easy to confuse the symptoms with other intestinal disorders, such as irritable bowel syndrome or lactose intolerance, teens with celiac disease may not know they have it.
Some common symptoms of celiac disease are diarrhea, abdominal pain and bloating, and weight loss. People with the disease may feel tired, and they could be irritable or depressed. Some have skin rashes and mouth sores. Teens with undiagnosed celiac disease may go through puberty late.
Sometimes a person who has celiac disease may not show any symptoms until he or she goes through an emotionally or physically stressful event, such as going away to college, illness, or an injury or pregnancy. How Is Celiac Disease Diagnosed?
Because the symptoms of celiac disease are similar to some other digestive conditions, only a doctor can tell for sure if a person has the disease. First the doctor will do a medical history, where he or she will ask you about any concerns and symptoms you have, your past health, your family's health, any medications you're taking, any allergies you have, and other issues. In addition to doing a medical history, your doctor will do a physical examination.
If a doctor suspects a person has celiac disease, he or she will probably order a blood test as a first step in diagnosing the disease. If the results of the blood test show the person has a high level of antibodies to gluten and to certain other proteins in the intestinal lining — a sign that the person could have celiac disease — then the doctor may order a biopsy of the small intestine to confirm the diagnosis.
In the case of celiac disease, doctors take a tissue sample from the small intestine by inserting a long, thin tube called an endoscope through the mouth and stomach into the small intestine. A person is always moderately sedated during this procedure. In some cases, a doctor may put a person to sleep with general anesthesia. The sample is sent to to a laboratory for testing. How Is It Treated?
Once a doctor has a diagnosis, he or she will help treat the condition. Although there is no cure for celiac disease, it can be managed successfully by following a gluten-free diet. People with celiac disease need to follow this diet for life. Because gluten can be found in everything from breakfast cereals to prepared luncheon meats, people with celiac disease need to be very aware of what's in the foods they eat. If you've been diagnosed with celiac disease, a doctor or dietitian who specializes in celiac disease can help you develop an eating plan that works with your lifestyle.
Luckily, the small intestine can heal. Although this process may take up to a year, many people start to feel better after just a few days on a gluten-free diet. But feeling better doesn't mean that people with celiac disease can resume eating foods containing gluten. Because the genes that cause the disease are present in the body and the immune system continues to react to gluten, the symptoms and problems will return if a person with celiac disease starts eating gluten again. Taking Care of Yourself
The good news about celiac disease is that the foods mentioned at the beginning of this article, including birthday cake and pizza, can be prepared without gluten. So if you have celiac disease, you can still find ways to enjoy most of your favorite foods — you just need to do some research and be aware of what's in the foods you eat.
Here are four things you should do if you have celiac disease:
Learn to read labels to find out if a food contains gluten.
Learn which foods are gluten free.
Find alternatives to flour and other grain ingredients for your recipes.
Find a support group where you and other people with the condition can share up-to-date information.
Eating Out
If you have celiac disease, you don't have to limit yourself to eating at home. With experience and knowledge, you'll be able to figure out which dishes at restaurants or friends' homes contain gluten. You may even have some restaurants in your town that offer gluten-free dishes on their menus. Ask at restaurants or consult your dietitian or a celiac disease support group for this type of information. Sometimes, no matter how well prepared you are, you might not be able to find out if a particular food is gluten free. When in doubt, leave it out!
Here are some tips to remember when choosing foods for celiac disease: Start with the foods you can eat. Foods and ingredients that you can eat and use in cooking include: foods made with the flours of corn, rice, buckwheat, sorghum, arrowroot, garbanzo beans (chickpeas), quinoa, tapioca, teff, and potato (provided other ingredients in your recipe do not contain gluten). You can also eat all plain meat, fish, chicken, legumes, nuts, seeds, oils, milk, cheese, eggs, fruits, and vegetables. Be on the lookout for possible cross-contamination. Even when eating or preparing foods that are gluten free, if these foods come into contact with foods that contain gluten, you run the risk of something called cross-contamination. For example, crumbs from regular wheat bread can find their way into jams, spreads, or condiments if people aren't careful to use a fresh knife or utensil each time. Keeping condiments in squeezable bottles or using separate jams and spreads is a great idea for people with celiac disease. It's also a good idea to keep a separate toaster for gluten-free bread.
If someone in your family bakes with products that contain gluten, you need to thoroughly clean appliances, utensils, and work surfaces before preparing your gluten-free products. Remember to wash your hands thoroughly and often.
If the food manufacturing environment is not a dedicated gluten-free environment, there is the potential for contamination. For example, gluten-free bread prepared in a bakery that also produces regular products may be contaminated. This can happen when machinery is not properly cleaned between the production of gluten-containing and gluten-free products. Some manufacturers are now producing products in gluten-free environments. Know the foods and ingredients to avoid. These include:
beer and other grain-based alcohol products
bouillons and broths
breading (such as the coating on breaded chicken cutlets, etc.)
brown rice syrup (frequently made from barley)
cake flour (made from wheat)
caramel color (occasionally made from barley)
communion wafers
couscous
creamed or breaded vegetables
dextrin (a rare ingredient, which may be made from wheat; maltodextrin is OK for people with celiac disease to eat)
dry roasted nuts (processing agents may contain wheat flour or flavorings)
fried chicken
french fries (if they've been coated in flour)
gravies and sauces (including some tomato and meat sauces)
imitation bacon, crab, or other seafood
luncheon and processed meats
malt or malt flavoring (usually made from barley)
marinades
matzo
modified food starch (most food manufacturers will now specify the source of this ingredient; e.g., modified cornstarch, which is OK, or modified wheat starch, which is not)
nondairy creamer
pastas
salad dressings
seasonings (pure spices are OK, but check seasoning mixes for gluten-containing additives)
some herbal teas and flavored coffees
soup mixes and canned soups
soy sauce and soy sauce solids (they may be fermented with wheat; don't eat them unless you verify they're OK with a dietitian)
spreads, soft cheeses, and dips
stuffings
thickeners
udon noodles
wheat-free products (wheat free does not mean gluten free; many wheat-free cookies and breads contain barley or rye flour, which contains gluten and other gluten-containing ingredients)
yogurts with wheat starch
A recent law now helps make checking labels for gluten a bit easier. Since January 2006, all food labels are required to clearly state if the food contains any of the top eight food allergens, including wheat. However, wheat free doesn't mean gluten free. Lawmakers are also working to make labels easier for people with celiac disease by requiring companies to identify other components, such as hidden ingredients and barley and rye. Finding Gluten-Free Foods and Ingredients
Most grocery stores carry a few gluten-free products these days. You may be able to find gluten-free bread, cereal, baking mixes, cookies, and crackers at your local market. For a wider selection, make a trip to a health food store. Be aware that lots of natural markets and health-food stores keep foods in bulk bins. It's not a good idea to use even gluten-free products from these bins because the risk of cross contamination is very high. Many specialty shops online also sell a range of gluten-free products, such as bread, pizza crusts, and pastas. Many regular and online shops even sell gluten-free flour blends that you can use to make your own pancakes and waffles, pizza dough, cookies, and brownies.
Eating a gluten-free diet is a lifelong commitment. But if you have celiac disease, you are not alone. There are lots of support groups, cookbooks, and websites dedicated to living a gluten-free life. A word of caution, though: What experts know about celiac disease is developing so rapidly that many books and sites are out of date. To make sure you always have the most current and accurate information, consider joining one of the national celiac organizations. There are even gluten-free summer camps and special support groups just for kids and teens.
Birthday cake. Pizza. Chocolate chip cookies. For people with celiac disease, a lifelong disorder of the digestive system, these foods aren't always the treats that most people think they are. Why? Because they usually contain a type of protein called gluten, which causes problems for people with celiac disease. What Is Gluten?
Gluten is the common term for a group of proteins found in wheat (durum, kamut, semolina, or spelt), rye, barley triticale, and farina. Grains are so common in our diet that gluten is second only to sugar as our most commonly consumed ingredient. What Is Celiac Disease and What Causes It?
The digestive system is the set of organs that digest food and absorb the important nutrients the body needs to stay healthy and grow. One important part of the digestive system is the small intestine, which is lined with millions of microscopic, finger-like projections called villi (pronounced: vih-lye). Nutrients are absorbed into the body through the villi.
People who have celiac (pronounced: see-lee-ak) disease have a disorder that makes their bodies react to gluten. When they eat gluten, an immune system reaction to the protein gradually damages the villi in the small intestine. When the villi are damaged, the body is unable to absorb the vitamins, minerals, and other nutrients it needs to stay healthy. People with celiac disease are therefore at risk of malnutrition and can develop anemia (a decreased number of red blood cells due to lack of iron) or osteoporosis (brittle bones from lack of calcium).
The body's inability to absorb nutrients can also mean that young people with untreated celiac disease may not grow properly and may have weight loss and fatigue. In addition, people who have celiac disease may be prone to developing other diseases, such as thyroid disease, type 1 diabetes, and gastrointestinal cancer.
Experts don't know exactly why people get celiac disease, which is also called gluten intolerance, celiac sprue, nontropical sprue, or gluten-sensitive enteropathy. The disease has some genetic background, which means that it may run in families. Just like eye or hair color, people inherit the genes that make them more likely to get celiac disease from their parents and grandparents. If an immediate family member, such as a parent, brother, or sister has celiac disease, there's about a 5% to 10% chance that you could have it, too. Celiac disease affects people of all heritages and backgrounds.
In the past, experts believed celiac disease to be somewhat rare and it was usually diagnosed only in very young children. It is estimated that 1 in 133 people in the United States has the condition. Many people who have celiac disease don't know that they have it. Signs and Symptoms
It's important to diagnose celiac disease early before it causes damage to the intestine. But because it's easy to confuse the symptoms with other intestinal disorders, such as irritable bowel syndrome or lactose intolerance, teens with celiac disease may not know they have it.
Some common symptoms of celiac disease are diarrhea, abdominal pain and bloating, and weight loss. People with the disease may feel tired, and they could be irritable or depressed. Some have skin rashes and mouth sores. Teens with undiagnosed celiac disease may go through puberty late.
Sometimes a person who has celiac disease may not show any symptoms until he or she goes through an emotionally or physically stressful event, such as going away to college, illness, or an injury or pregnancy. How Is Celiac Disease Diagnosed?
Because the symptoms of celiac disease are similar to some other digestive conditions, only a doctor can tell for sure if a person has the disease. First the doctor will do a medical history, where he or she will ask you about any concerns and symptoms you have, your past health, your family's health, any medications you're taking, any allergies you have, and other issues. In addition to doing a medical history, your doctor will do a physical examination.
If a doctor suspects a person has celiac disease, he or she will probably order a blood test as a first step in diagnosing the disease. If the results of the blood test show the person has a high level of antibodies to gluten and to certain other proteins in the intestinal lining — a sign that the person could have celiac disease — then the doctor may order a biopsy of the small intestine to confirm the diagnosis.
In the case of celiac disease, doctors take a tissue sample from the small intestine by inserting a long, thin tube called an endoscope through the mouth and stomach into the small intestine. A person is always moderately sedated during this procedure. In some cases, a doctor may put a person to sleep with general anesthesia. The sample is sent to to a laboratory for testing. How Is It Treated?
Once a doctor has a diagnosis, he or she will help treat the condition. Although there is no cure for celiac disease, it can be managed successfully by following a gluten-free diet. People with celiac disease need to follow this diet for life. Because gluten can be found in everything from breakfast cereals to prepared luncheon meats, people with celiac disease need to be very aware of what's in the foods they eat. If you've been diagnosed with celiac disease, a doctor or dietitian who specializes in celiac disease can help you develop an eating plan that works with your lifestyle.
Luckily, the small intestine can heal. Although this process may take up to a year, many people start to feel better after just a few days on a gluten-free diet. But feeling better doesn't mean that people with celiac disease can resume eating foods containing gluten. Because the genes that cause the disease are present in the body and the immune system continues to react to gluten, the symptoms and problems will return if a person with celiac disease starts eating gluten again. Taking Care of Yourself
The good news about celiac disease is that the foods mentioned at the beginning of this article, including birthday cake and pizza, can be prepared without gluten. So if you have celiac disease, you can still find ways to enjoy most of your favorite foods — you just need to do some research and be aware of what's in the foods you eat.
Here are four things you should do if you have celiac disease:
Learn to read labels to find out if a food contains gluten.
Learn which foods are gluten free.
Find alternatives to flour and other grain ingredients for your recipes.
Find a support group where you and other people with the condition can share up-to-date information.
Eating Out
If you have celiac disease, you don't have to limit yourself to eating at home. With experience and knowledge, you'll be able to figure out which dishes at restaurants or friends' homes contain gluten. You may even have some restaurants in your town that offer gluten-free dishes on their menus. Ask at restaurants or consult your dietitian or a celiac disease support group for this type of information. Sometimes, no matter how well prepared you are, you might not be able to find out if a particular food is gluten free. When in doubt, leave it out!
Here are some tips to remember when choosing foods for celiac disease: Start with the foods you can eat. Foods and ingredients that you can eat and use in cooking include: foods made with the flours of corn, rice, buckwheat, sorghum, arrowroot, garbanzo beans (chickpeas), quinoa, tapioca, teff, and potato (provided other ingredients in your recipe do not contain gluten). You can also eat all plain meat, fish, chicken, legumes, nuts, seeds, oils, milk, cheese, eggs, fruits, and vegetables. Be on the lookout for possible cross-contamination. Even when eating or preparing foods that are gluten free, if these foods come into contact with foods that contain gluten, you run the risk of something called cross-contamination. For example, crumbs from regular wheat bread can find their way into jams, spreads, or condiments if people aren't careful to use a fresh knife or utensil each time. Keeping condiments in squeezable bottles or using separate jams and spreads is a great idea for people with celiac disease. It's also a good idea to keep a separate toaster for gluten-free bread.
If someone in your family bakes with products that contain gluten, you need to thoroughly clean appliances, utensils, and work surfaces before preparing your gluten-free products. Remember to wash your hands thoroughly and often.
If the food manufacturing environment is not a dedicated gluten-free environment, there is the potential for contamination. For example, gluten-free bread prepared in a bakery that also produces regular products may be contaminated. This can happen when machinery is not properly cleaned between the production of gluten-containing and gluten-free products. Some manufacturers are now producing products in gluten-free environments. Know the foods and ingredients to avoid. These include:
beer and other grain-based alcohol products
bouillons and broths
breading (such as the coating on breaded chicken cutlets, etc.)
brown rice syrup (frequently made from barley)
cake flour (made from wheat)
caramel color (occasionally made from barley)
communion wafers
couscous
creamed or breaded vegetables
dextrin (a rare ingredient, which may be made from wheat; maltodextrin is OK for people with celiac disease to eat)
dry roasted nuts (processing agents may contain wheat flour or flavorings)
fried chicken
french fries (if they've been coated in flour)
gravies and sauces (including some tomato and meat sauces)
imitation bacon, crab, or other seafood
luncheon and processed meats
malt or malt flavoring (usually made from barley)
marinades
matzo
modified food starch (most food manufacturers will now specify the source of this ingredient; e.g., modified cornstarch, which is OK, or modified wheat starch, which is not)
nondairy creamer
pastas
salad dressings
seasonings (pure spices are OK, but check seasoning mixes for gluten-containing additives)
some herbal teas and flavored coffees
soup mixes and canned soups
soy sauce and soy sauce solids (they may be fermented with wheat; don't eat them unless you verify they're OK with a dietitian)
spreads, soft cheeses, and dips
stuffings
thickeners
udon noodles
wheat-free products (wheat free does not mean gluten free; many wheat-free cookies and breads contain barley or rye flour, which contains gluten and other gluten-containing ingredients)
yogurts with wheat starch
A recent law now helps make checking labels for gluten a bit easier. Since January 2006, all food labels are required to clearly state if the food contains any of the top eight food allergens, including wheat. However, wheat free doesn't mean gluten free. Lawmakers are also working to make labels easier for people with celiac disease by requiring companies to identify other components, such as hidden ingredients and barley and rye. Finding Gluten-Free Foods and Ingredients
Most grocery stores carry a few gluten-free products these days. You may be able to find gluten-free bread, cereal, baking mixes, cookies, and crackers at your local market. For a wider selection, make a trip to a health food store. Be aware that lots of natural markets and health-food stores keep foods in bulk bins. It's not a good idea to use even gluten-free products from these bins because the risk of cross contamination is very high. Many specialty shops online also sell a range of gluten-free products, such as bread, pizza crusts, and pastas. Many regular and online shops even sell gluten-free flour blends that you can use to make your own pancakes and waffles, pizza dough, cookies, and brownies.
Eating a gluten-free diet is a lifelong commitment. But if you have celiac disease, you are not alone. There are lots of support groups, cookbooks, and websites dedicated to living a gluten-free life. A word of caution, though: What experts know about celiac disease is developing so rapidly that many books and sites are out of date. To make sure you always have the most current and accurate information, consider joining one of the national celiac organizations. There are even gluten-free summer camps and special support groups just for kids and teens.
Birthday cake. Pizza. Chocolate chip cookies. For people with celiac disease, a lifelong disorder of the digestive system, these foods aren't always the treats that most people think they are. Why? Because they usually contain a type of protein called gluten, which causes problems for people with celiac disease. What Is Gluten?
Gluten is the common term for a group of proteins found in wheat (durum, kamut, semolina, or spelt), rye, barley triticale, and farina. Grains are so common in our diet that gluten is second only to sugar as our most commonly consumed ingredient. What Is Celiac Disease and What Causes It?
The digestive system is the set of organs that digest food and absorb the important nutrients the body needs to stay healthy and grow. One important part of the digestive system is the small intestine, which is lined with millions of microscopic, finger-like projections called villi (pronounced: vih-lye). Nutrients are absorbed into the body through the villi.
People who have celiac (pronounced: see-lee-ak) disease have a disorder that makes their bodies react to gluten. When they eat gluten, an immune system reaction to the protein gradually damages the villi in the small intestine. When the villi are damaged, the body is unable to absorb the vitamins, minerals, and other nutrients it needs to stay healthy. People with celiac disease are therefore at risk of malnutrition and can develop anemia (a decreased number of red blood cells due to lack of iron) or osteoporosis (brittle bones from lack of calcium).
The body's inability to absorb nutrients can also mean that young people with untreated celiac disease may not grow properly and may have weight loss and fatigue. In addition, people who have celiac disease may be prone to developing other diseases, such as thyroid disease, type 1 diabetes, and gastrointestinal cancer.
Experts don't know exactly why people get celiac disease, which is also called gluten intolerance, celiac sprue, nontropical sprue, or gluten-sensitive enteropathy. The disease has some genetic background, which means that it may run in families. Just like eye or hair color, people inherit the genes that make them more likely to get celiac disease from their parents and grandparents. If an immediate family member, such as a parent, brother, or sister has celiac disease, there's about a 5% to 10% chance that you could have it, too. Celiac disease affects people of all heritages and backgrounds.
In the past, experts believed celiac disease to be somewhat rare and it was usually diagnosed only in very young children. It is estimated that 1 in 133 people in the United States has the condition. Many people who have celiac disease don't know that they have it. Signs and Symptoms
It's important to diagnose celiac disease early before it causes damage to the intestine. But because it's easy to confuse the symptoms with other intestinal disorders, such as irritable bowel syndrome or lactose intolerance, teens with celiac disease may not know they have it.
Some common symptoms of celiac disease are diarrhea, abdominal pain and bloating, and weight loss. People with the disease may feel tired, and they could be irritable or depressed. Some have skin rashes and mouth sores. Teens with undiagnosed celiac disease may go through puberty late.
Sometimes a person who has celiac disease may not show any symptoms until he or she goes through an emotionally or physically stressful event, such as going away to college, illness, or an injury or pregnancy. How Is Celiac Disease Diagnosed?
Because the symptoms of celiac disease are similar to some other digestive conditions, only a doctor can tell for sure if a person has the disease. First the doctor will do a medical history, where he or she will ask you about any concerns and symptoms you have, your past health, your family's health, any medications you're taking, any allergies you have, and other issues. In addition to doing a medical history, your doctor will do a physical examination.
If a doctor suspects a person has celiac disease, he or she will probably order a blood test as a first step in diagnosing the disease. If the results of the blood test show the person has a high level of antibodies to gluten and to certain other proteins in the intestinal lining — a sign that the person could have celiac disease — then the doctor may order a biopsy of the small intestine to confirm the diagnosis.
In the case of celiac disease, doctors take a tissue sample from the small intestine by inserting a long, thin tube called an endoscope through the mouth and stomach into the small intestine. A person is always moderately sedated during this procedure. In some cases, a doctor may put a person to sleep with general anesthesia. The sample is sent to to a laboratory for testing. How Is It Treated?
Once a doctor has a diagnosis, he or she will help treat the condition. Although there is no cure for celiac disease, it can be managed successfully by following a gluten-free diet. People with celiac disease need to follow this diet for life. Because gluten can be found in everything from breakfast cereals to prepared luncheon meats, people with celiac disease need to be very aware of what's in the foods they eat. If you've been diagnosed with celiac disease, a doctor or dietitian who specializes in celiac disease can help you develop an eating plan that works with your lifestyle.
Luckily, the small intestine can heal. Although this process may take up to a year, many people start to feel better after just a few days on a gluten-free diet. But feeling better doesn't mean that people with celiac disease can resume eating foods containing gluten. Because the genes that cause the disease are present in the body and the immune system continues to react to gluten, the symptoms and problems will return if a person with celiac disease starts eating gluten again. Taking Care of Yourself
The good news about celiac disease is that the foods mentioned at the beginning of this article, including birthday cake and pizza, can be prepared without gluten. So if you have celiac disease, you can still find ways to enjoy most of your favorite foods — you just need to do some research and be aware of what's in the foods you eat.
Here are four things you should do if you have celiac disease:
Learn to read labels to find out if a food contains gluten.
Learn which foods are gluten free.
Find alternatives to flour and other grain ingredients for your recipes.
Find a support group where you and other people with the condition can share up-to-date information.
Eating Out
If you have celiac disease, you don't have to limit yourself to eating at home. With experience and knowledge, you'll be able to figure out which dishes at restaurants or friends' homes contain gluten. You may even have some restaurants in your town that offer gluten-free dishes on their menus. Ask at restaurants or consult your dietitian or a celiac disease support group for this type of information. Sometimes, no matter how well prepared you are, you might not be able to find out if a particular food is gluten free. When in doubt, leave it out!
Here are some tips to remember when choosing foods for celiac disease: Start with the foods you can eat. Foods and ingredients that you can eat and use in cooking include: foods made with the flours of corn, rice, buckwheat, sorghum, arrowroot, garbanzo beans (chickpeas), quinoa, tapioca, teff, and potato (provided other ingredients in your recipe do not contain gluten). You can also eat all plain meat, fish, chicken, legumes, nuts, seeds, oils, milk, cheese, eggs, fruits, and vegetables. Be on the lookout for possible cross-contamination. Even when eating or preparing foods that are gluten free, if these foods come into contact with foods that contain gluten, you run the risk of something called cross-contamination. For example, crumbs from regular wheat bread can find their way into jams, spreads, or condiments if people aren't careful to use a fresh knife or utensil each time. Keeping condiments in squeezable bottles or using separate jams and spreads is a great idea for people with celiac disease. It's also a good idea to keep a separate toaster for gluten-free bread.
If someone in your family bakes with products that contain gluten, you need to thoroughly clean appliances, utensils, and work surfaces before preparing your gluten-free products. Remember to wash your hands thoroughly and often.
If the food manufacturing environment is not a dedicated gluten-free environment, there is the potential for contamination. For example, gluten-free bread prepared in a bakery that also produces regular products may be contaminated. This can happen when machinery is not properly cleaned between the production of gluten-containing and gluten-free products. Some manufacturers are now producing products in gluten-free environments. Know the foods and ingredients to avoid. These include:
beer and other grain-based alcohol products
bouillons and broths
breading (such as the coating on breaded chicken cutlets, etc.)
brown rice syrup (frequently made from barley)
cake flour (made from wheat)
caramel color (occasionally made from barley)
communion wafers
couscous
creamed or breaded vegetables
dextrin (a rare ingredient, which may be made from wheat; maltodextrin is OK for people with celiac disease to eat)
dry roasted nuts (processing agents may contain wheat flour or flavorings)
fried chicken
french fries (if they've been coated in flour)
gravies and sauces (including some tomato and meat sauces)
imitation bacon, crab, or other seafood
luncheon and processed meats
malt or malt flavoring (usually made from barley)
marinades
matzo
modified food starch (most food manufacturers will now specify the source of this ingredient; e.g., modified cornstarch, which is OK, or modified wheat starch, which is not)
nondairy creamer
pastas
salad dressings
seasonings (pure spices are OK, but check seasoning mixes for gluten-containing additives)
some herbal teas and flavored coffees
soup mixes and canned soups
soy sauce and soy sauce solids (they may be fermented with wheat; don't eat them unless you verify they're OK with a dietitian)
spreads, soft cheeses, and dips
stuffings
thickeners
udon noodles
wheat-free products (wheat free does not mean gluten free; many wheat-free cookies and breads contain barley or rye flour, which contains gluten and other gluten-containing ingredients)
yogurts with wheat starch
A recent law now helps make checking labels for gluten a bit easier. Since January 2006, all food labels are required to clearly state if the food contains any of the top eight food allergens, including wheat. However, wheat free doesn't mean gluten free. Lawmakers are also working to make labels easier for people with celiac disease by requiring companies to identify other components, such as hidden ingredients and barley and rye. Finding Gluten-Free Foods and Ingredients
Most grocery stores carry a few gluten-free products these days. You may be able to find gluten-free bread, cereal, baking mixes, cookies, and crackers at your local market. For a wider selection, make a trip to a health food store. Be aware that lots of natural markets and health-food stores keep foods in bulk bins. It's not a good idea to use even gluten-free products from these bins because the risk of cross contamination is very high. Many specialty shops online also sell a range of gluten-free products, such as bread, pizza crusts, and pastas. Many regular and online shops even sell gluten-free flour blends that you can use to make your own pancakes and waffles, pizza dough, cookies, and brownies.
Eating a gluten-free diet is a lifelong commitment. But if you have celiac disease, you are not alone. There are lots of support groups, cookbooks, and websites dedicated to living a gluten-free life. A word of caution, though: What experts know about celiac disease is developing so rapidly that many books and sites are out of date. To make sure you always have the most current and accurate information, consider joining one of the national celiac organizations. There are even gluten-free summer camps and special support groups just for kids and teens.
__________________ Jennifer DX-november 2005 glucophage 2000mg spironolactone 200mg yaz and nexium
To view links or images in signatures your post count must be 0 or greater. You currently have 0 posts.
To view links or images in signatures your post count must be 0 or greater. You currently have 0 posts.
Diets aren't the way to go when it comes to losing weight. That's because they create temporary eating patterns — and, therefore, temporary results. Most dieters gain back any lost weight when they go back to their old eating habits. So what's the best way to drop excess weight? Create a new normal!
Weight loss is most likely to be successful when people change their habits, replacing old, unhealthy ones with new, healthy behaviors. Here are 5 ways to make that happen:
Exercise. Regular physical activity burns calories and builds muscle — both of which help you look and feel good and keep weight off. Walking the family dog, cycling to school, and doing other things that increase your daily level of activity can all make a difference. If you want to burn more calories, increase the intensity of your workout and add some strength exercises to build muscle. The more muscle you have, the more calories you burn, even when you aren't exercising.
Reduce screen time. One reason people get less exercise these days is because of an increase in "screen time" — the amount of time spent watching TV, looking at the computer, or playing video games. Limit recreational screen time to less than 2 hours per day. If you're with friends at the mall, you're getting more exercise than if you're IMing them from your room.
Watch out for portion distortion. Serving sizes have increased over the past 10 years, and these extra calories contribute to obesity. Another key factor in weight gain is that more people drink sugary beverages, such as sodas, juice drinks, and sports drinks. So choose smaller portions (or share restaurant portions) and go for water or low-fat milk instead of soda.
Eat 5 servings of fruits and veggies a day. Fruits and veggies are about more than just vitamins and minerals. They're also packed with fiber, which means they fill you up. And when you fill up on fruits and veggies, you're less likely to overeat when it comes to high-calorie foods like chips or cookies.
Don't skip breakfast. Breakfast kick-starts your metabolism, burning calories from the get-go and giving you energy to do more during the day. People who skip breakfast often feel so hungry that they eat more later on. So they get more calories than they would have if they ate breakfast. In fact, people who skip breakfast tend to have higher BMIs than people who eat breakfast.
Diets aren't the way to go when it comes to losing weight. That's because they create temporary eating patterns — and, therefore, temporary results. Most dieters gain back any lost weight when they go back to their old eating habits. So what's the best way to drop excess weight? Create a new normal!
Weight loss is most likely to be successful when people change their habits, replacing old, unhealthy ones with new, healthy behaviors. Here are 5 ways to make that happen:
Exercise. Regular physical activity burns calories and builds muscle — both of which help you look and feel good and keep weight off. Walking the family dog, cycling to school, and doing other things that increase your daily level of activity can all make a difference. If you want to burn more calories, increase the intensity of your workout and add some strength exercises to build muscle. The more muscle you have, the more calories you burn, even when you aren't exercising.
Reduce screen time. One reason people get less exercise these days is because of an increase in "screen time" — the amount of time spent watching TV, looking at the computer, or playing video games. Limit recreational screen time to less than 2 hours per day. If you're with friends at the mall, you're getting more exercise than if you're IMing them from your room.
Watch out for portion distortion. Serving sizes have increased over the past 10 years, and these extra calories contribute to obesity. Another key factor in weight gain is that more people drink sugary beverages, such as sodas, juice drinks, and sports drinks. So choose smaller portions (or share restaurant portions) and go for water or low-fat milk instead of soda.
Eat 5 servings of fruits and veggies a day. Fruits and veggies are about more than just vitamins and minerals. They're also packed with fiber, which means they fill you up. And when you fill up on fruits and veggies, you're less likely to overeat when it comes to high-calorie foods like chips or cookies.
Don't skip breakfast. Breakfast kick-starts your metabolism, burning calories from the get-go and giving you energy to do more during the day. People who skip breakfast often feel so hungry that they eat more later on. So they get more calories than they would have if they ate breakfast. In fact, people who skip breakfast tend to have higher BMIs than people who eat breakfast.
Diets aren't the way to go when it comes to losing weight. That's because they create temporary eating patterns — and, therefore, temporary results. Most dieters gain back any lost weight when they go back to their old eating habits. So what's the best way to drop excess weight? Create a new normal!
Weight loss is most likely to be successful when people change their habits, replacing old, unhealthy ones with new, healthy behaviors. Here are 5 ways to make that happen:
Exercise. Regular physical activity burns calories and builds muscle — both of which help you look and feel good and keep weight off. Walking the family dog, cycling to school, and doing other things that increase your daily level of activity can all make a difference. If you want to burn more calories, increase the intensity of your workout and add some strength exercises to build muscle. The more muscle you have, the more calories you burn, even when you aren't exercising.
Reduce screen time. One reason people get less exercise these days is because of an increase in "screen time" — the amount of time spent watching TV, looking at the computer, or playing video games. Limit recreational screen time to less than 2 hours per day. If you're with friends at the mall, you're getting more exercise than if you're IMing them from your room.
Watch out for portion distortion. Serving sizes have increased over the past 10 years, and these extra calories contribute to obesity. Another key factor in weight gain is that more people drink sugary beverages, such as sodas, juice drinks, and sports drinks. So choose smaller portions (or share restaurant portions) and go for water or low-fat milk instead of soda.
Eat 5 servings of fruits and veggies a day. Fruits and veggies are about more than just vitamins and minerals. They're also packed with fiber, which means they fill you up. And when you fill up on fruits and veggies, you're less likely to overeat when it comes to high-calorie foods like chips or cookies.
Don't skip breakfast. Breakfast kick-starts your metabolism, burning calories from the get-go and giving you energy to do more during the day. People who skip breakfast often feel so hungry that they eat more later on. So they get more calories than they would have if they ate breakfast. In fact, people who skip breakfast tend to have higher BMIs than people who eat breakfast.
Diets aren't the way to go when it comes to losing weight. That's because they create temporary eating patterns — and, therefore, temporary results. Most dieters gain back any lost weight when they go back to their old eating habits. So what's the best way to drop excess weight? Create a new normal!
Weight loss is most likely to be successful when people change their habits, replacing old, unhealthy ones with new, healthy behaviors. Here are 5 ways to make that happen:
Exercise. Regular physical activity burns calories and builds muscle — both of which help you look and feel good and keep weight off. Walking the family dog, cycling to school, and doing other things that increase your daily level of activity can all make a difference. If you want to burn more calories, increase the intensity of your workout and add some strength exercises to build muscle. The more muscle you have, the more calories you burn, even when you aren't exercising.
Reduce screen time. One reason people get less exercise these days is because of an increase in "screen time" — the amount of time spent watching TV, looking at the computer, or playing video games. Limit recreational screen time to less than 2 hours per day. If you're with friends at the mall, you're getting more exercise than if you're IMing them from your room.
Watch out for portion distortion. Serving sizes have increased over the past 10 years, and these extra calories contribute to obesity. Another key factor in weight gain is that more people drink sugary beverages, such as sodas, juice drinks, and sports drinks. So choose smaller portions (or share restaurant portions) and go for water or low-fat milk instead of soda.
Eat 5 servings of fruits and veggies a day. Fruits and veggies are about more than just vitamins and minerals. They're also packed with fiber, which means they fill you up. And when you fill up on fruits and veggies, you're less likely to overeat when it comes to high-calorie foods like chips or cookies.
Don't skip breakfast. Breakfast kick-starts your metabolism, burning calories from the get-go and giving you energy to do more during the day. People who skip breakfast often feel so hungry that they eat more later on. So they get more calories than they would have if they ate breakfast. In fact, people who skip breakfast tend to have higher BMIs than people who eat breakfast.
Diets aren't the way to go when it comes to losing weight. That's because they create temporary eating patterns — and, therefore, temporary results. Most dieters gain back any lost weight when they go back to their old eating habits. So what's the best way to drop excess weight? Create a new normal!
Weight loss is most likely to be successful when people change their habits, replacing old, unhealthy ones with new, healthy behaviors. Here are 5 ways to make that happen:
Exercise. Regular physical activity burns calories and builds muscle — both of which help you look and feel good and keep weight off. Walking the family dog, cycling to school, and doing other things that increase your daily level of activity can all make a difference. If you want to burn more calories, increase the intensity of your workout and add some strength exercises to build muscle. The more muscle you have, the more calories you burn, even when you aren't exercising.
Reduce screen time. One reason people get less exercise these days is because of an increase in "screen time" — the amount of time spent watching TV, looking at the computer, or playing video games. Limit recreational screen time to less than 2 hours per day. If you're with friends at the mall, you're getting more exercise than if you're IMing them from your room.
Watch out for portion distortion. Serving sizes have increased over the past 10 years, and these extra calories contribute to obesity. Another key factor in weight gain is that more people drink sugary beverages, such as sodas, juice drinks, and sports drinks. So choose smaller portions (or share restaurant portions) and go for water or low-fat milk instead of soda.
Eat 5 servings of fruits and veggies a day. Fruits and veggies are about more than just vitamins and minerals. They're also packed with fiber, which means they fill you up. And when you fill up on fruits and veggies, you're less likely to overeat when it comes to high-calorie foods like chips or cookies.
Don't skip breakfast. Breakfast kick-starts your metabolism, burning calories from the get-go and giving you energy to do more during the day. People who skip breakfast often feel so hungry that they eat more later on. So they get more calories than they would have if they ate breakfast. In fact, people who skip breakfast tend to have higher BMIs than people who eat breakfast.
Diets aren't the way to go when it comes to losing weight. That's because they create temporary eating patterns — and, therefore, temporary results. Most dieters gain back any lost weight when they go back to their old eating habits. So what's the best way to drop excess weight? Create a new normal!
Weight loss is most likely to be successful when people change their habits, replacing old, unhealthy ones with new, healthy behaviors. Here are 5 ways to make that happen:
Exercise. Regular physical activity burns calories and builds muscle — both of which help you look and feel good and keep weight off. Walking the family dog, cycling to school, and doing other things that increase your daily level of activity can all make a difference. If you want to burn more calories, increase the intensity of your workout and add some strength exercises to build muscle. The more muscle you have, the more calories you burn, even when you aren't exercising.
Reduce screen time. One reason people get less exercise these days is because of an increase in "screen time" — the amount of time spent watching TV, looking at the computer, or playing video games. Limit recreational screen time to less than 2 hours per day. If you're with friends at the mall, you're getting more exercise than if you're IMing them from your room.
Watch out for portion distortion. Serving sizes have increased over the past 10 years, and these extra calories contribute to obesity. Another key factor in weight gain is that more people drink sugary beverages, such as sodas, juice drinks, and sports drinks. So choose smaller portions (or share restaurant portions) and go for water or low-fat milk instead of soda.
Eat 5 servings of fruits and veggies a day. Fruits and veggies are about more than just vitamins and minerals. They're also packed with fiber, which means they fill you up. And when you fill up on fruits and veggies, you're less likely to overeat when it comes to high-calorie foods like chips or cookies.
Don't skip breakfast. Breakfast kick-starts your metabolism, burning calories from the get-go and giving you energy to do more during the day. People who skip breakfast often feel so hungry that they eat more later on. So they get more calories than they would have if they ate breakfast. In fact, people who skip breakfast tend to have higher BMIs than people who eat breakfast.
Diets aren't the way to go when it comes to losing weight. That's because they create temporary eating patterns — and, therefore, temporary results. Most dieters gain back any lost weight when they go back to their old eating habits. So what's the best way to drop excess weight? Create a new normal!
Weight loss is most likely to be successful when people change their habits, replacing old, unhealthy ones with new, healthy behaviors. Here are 5 ways to make that happen:
Exercise. Regular physical activity burns calories and builds muscle — both of which help you look and feel good and keep weight off. Walking the family dog, cycling to school, and doing other things that increase your daily level of activity can all make a difference. If you want to burn more calories, increase the intensity of your workout and add some strength exercises to build muscle. The more muscle you have, the more calories you burn, even when you aren't exercising.
Reduce screen time. One reason people get less exercise these days is because of an increase in "screen time" — the amount of time spent watching TV, looking at the computer, or playing video games. Limit recreational screen time to less than 2 hours per day. If you're with friends at the mall, you're getting more exercise than if you're IMing them from your room.
Watch out for portion distortion. Serving sizes have increased over the past 10 years, and these extra calories contribute to obesity. Another key factor in weight gain is that more people drink sugary beverages, such as sodas, juice drinks, and sports drinks. So choose smaller portions (or share restaurant portions) and go for water or low-fat milk instead of soda.
Eat 5 servings of fruits and veggies a day. Fruits and veggies are about more than just vitamins and minerals. They're also packed with fiber, which means they fill you up. And when you fill up on fruits and veggies, you're less likely to overeat when it comes to high-calorie foods like chips or cookies.
Don't skip breakfast. Breakfast kick-starts your metabolism, burning calories from the get-go and giving you energy to do more during the day. People who skip breakfast often feel so hungry that they eat more later on. So they get more calories than they would have if they ate breakfast. In fact, people who skip breakfast tend to have higher BMIs than people who eat breakfast.
Diets aren't the way to go when it comes to losing weight. That's because they create temporary eating patterns — and, therefore, temporary results. Most dieters gain back any lost weight when they go back to their old eating habits. So what's the best way to drop excess weight? Create a new normal!
Weight loss is most likely to be successful when people change their habits, replacing old, unhealthy ones with new, healthy behaviors. Here are 5 ways to make that happen:
Exercise. Regular physical activity burns calories and builds muscle — both of which help you look and feel good and keep weight off. Walking the family dog, cycling to school, and doing other things that increase your daily level of activity can all make a difference. If you want to burn more calories, increase the intensity of your workout and add some strength exercises to build muscle. The more muscle you have, the more calories you burn, even when you aren't exercising.
Reduce screen time. One reason people get less exercise these days is because of an increase in "screen time" — the amount of time spent watching TV, looking at the computer, or playing video games. Limit recreational screen time to less than 2 hours per day. If you're with friends at the mall, you're getting more exercise than if you're IMing them from your room.
Watch out for portion distortion. Serving sizes have increased over the past 10 years, and these extra calories contribute to obesity. Another key factor in weight gain is that more people drink sugary beverages, such as sodas, juice drinks, and sports drinks. So choose smaller portions (or share restaurant portions) and go for water or low-fat milk instead of soda.
Eat 5 servings of fruits and veggies a day. Fruits and veggies are about more than just vitamins and minerals. They're also packed with fiber, which means they fill you up. And when you fill up on fruits and veggies, you're less likely to overeat when it comes to high-calorie foods like chips or cookies.
Don't skip breakfast. Breakfast kick-starts your metabolism, burning calories from the get-go and giving you energy to do more during the day. People who skip breakfast often feel so hungry that they eat more later on. So they get more calories than they would have if they ate breakfast. In fact, people who skip breakfast tend to have higher BMIs than people who eat breakfast.
Diets aren't the way to go when it comes to losing weight. That's because they create temporary eating patterns — and, therefore, temporary results. Most dieters gain back any lost weight when they go back to their old eating habits. So what's the best way to drop excess weight? Create a new normal!
Weight loss is most likely to be successful when people change their habits, replacing old, unhealthy ones with new, healthy behaviors. Here are 5 ways to make that happen:
Exercise. Regular physical activity burns calories and builds muscle — both of which help you look and feel good and keep weight off. Walking the family dog, cycling to school, and doing other things that increase your daily level of activity can all make a difference. If you want to burn more calories, increase the intensity of your workout and add some strength exercises to build muscle. The more muscle you have, the more calories you burn, even when you aren't exercising.
Reduce screen time. One reason people get less exercise these days is because of an increase in "screen time" — the amount of time spent watching TV, looking at the computer, or playing video games. Limit recreational screen time to less than 2 hours per day. If you're with friends at the mall, you're getting more exercise than if you're IMing them from your room.
Watch out for portion distortion. Serving sizes have increased over the past 10 years, and these extra calories contribute to obesity. Another key factor in weight gain is that more people drink sugary beverages, such as sodas, juice drinks, and sports drinks. So choose smaller portions (or share restaurant portions) and go for water or low-fat milk instead of soda.
Eat 5 servings of fruits and veggies a day. Fruits and veggies are about more than just vitamins and minerals. They're also packed with fiber, which means they fill you up. And when you fill up on fruits and veggies, you're less likely to overeat when it comes to high-calorie foods like chips or cookies.
Don't skip breakfast. Breakfast kick-starts your metabolism, burning calories from the get-go and giving you energy to do more during the day. People who skip breakfast often feel so hungry that they eat more later on. So they get more calories than they would have if they ate breakfast. In fact, people who skip breakfast tend to have higher BMIs than people who eat breakfast.
Diets aren't the way to go when it comes to losing weight. That's because they create temporary eating patterns — and, therefore, temporary results. Most dieters gain back any lost weight when they go back to their old eating habits. So what's the best way to drop excess weight? Create a new normal!
Weight loss is most likely to be successful when people change their habits, replacing old, unhealthy ones with new, healthy behaviors. Here are 5 ways to make that happen:
Exercise. Regular physical activity burns calories and builds muscle — both of which help you look and feel good and keep weight off. Walking the family dog, cycling to school, and doing other things that increase your daily level of activity can all make a difference. If you want to burn more calories, increase the intensity of your workout and add some strength exercises to build muscle. The more muscle you have, the more calories you burn, even when you aren't exercising.
Reduce screen time. One reason people get less exercise these days is because of an increase in "screen time" — the amount of time spent watching TV, looking at the computer, or playing video games. Limit recreational screen time to less than 2 hours per day. If you're with friends at the mall, you're getting more exercise than if you're IMing them from your room.
Watch out for portion distortion. Serving sizes have increased over the past 10 years, and these extra calories contribute to obesity. Another key factor in weight gain is that more people drink sugary beverages, such as sodas, juice drinks, and sports drinks. So choose smaller portions (or share restaurant portions) and go for water or low-fat milk instead of soda.
Eat 5 servings of fruits and veggies a day. Fruits and veggies are about more than just vitamins and minerals. They're also packed with fiber, which means they fill you up. And when you fill up on fruits and veggies, you're less likely to overeat when it comes to high-calorie foods like chips or cookies.
Don't skip breakfast. Breakfast kick-starts your metabolism, burning calories from the get-go and giving you energy to do more during the day. People who skip breakfast often feel so hungry that they eat more later on. So they get more calories than they would have if they ate breakfast. In fact, people who skip breakfast tend to have higher BMIs than people who eat breakfast.
Diets aren't the way to go when it comes to losing weight. That's because they create temporary eating patterns — and, therefore, temporary results. Most dieters gain back any lost weight when they go back to their old eating habits. So what's the best way to drop excess weight? Create a new normal!
Weight loss is most likely to be successful when people change their habits, replacing old, unhealthy ones with new, healthy behaviors. Here are 5 ways to make that happen:
Exercise. Regular physical activity burns calories and builds muscle — both of which help you look and feel good and keep weight off. Walking the family dog, cycling to school, and doing other things that increase your daily level of activity can all make a difference. If you want to burn more calories, increase the intensity of your workout and add some strength exercises to build muscle. The more muscle you have, the more calories you burn, even when you aren't exercising.
Reduce screen time. One reason people get less exercise these days is because of an increase in "screen time" — the amount of time spent watching TV, looking at the computer, or playing video games. Limit recreational screen time to less than 2 hours per day. If you're with friends at the mall, you're getting more exercise than if you're IMing them from your room.
Watch out for portion distortion. Serving sizes have increased over the past 10 years, and these extra calories contribute to obesity. Another key factor in weight gain is that more people drink sugary beverages, such as sodas, juice drinks, and sports drinks. So choose smaller portions (or share restaurant portions) and go for water or low-fat milk instead of soda.
Eat 5 servings of fruits and veggies a day. Fruits and veggies are about more than just vitamins and minerals. They're also packed with fiber, which means they fill you up. And when you fill up on fruits and veggies, you're less likely to overeat when it comes to high-calorie foods like chips or cookies.
Don't skip breakfast. Breakfast kick-starts your metabolism, burning calories from the get-go and giving you energy to do more during the day. People who skip breakfast often feel so hungry that they eat more later on. So they get more calories than they would have if they ate breakfast. In fact, people who skip breakfast tend to have higher BMIs than people who eat breakfast.
Diets aren't the way to go when it comes to losing weight. That's because they create temporary eating patterns — and, therefore, temporary results. Most dieters gain back any lost weight when they go back to their old eating habits. So what's the best way to drop excess weight? Create a new normal!
Weight loss is most likely to be successful when people change their habits, replacing old, unhealthy ones with new, healthy behaviors. Here are 5 ways to make that happen:
Exercise. Regular physical activity burns calories and builds muscle — both of which help you look and feel good and keep weight off. Walking the family dog, cycling to school, and doing other things that increase your daily level of activity can all make a difference. If you want to burn more calories, increase the intensity of your workout and add some strength exercises to build muscle. The more muscle you have, the more calories you burn, even when you aren't exercising.
Reduce screen time. One reason people get less exercise these days is because of an increase in "screen time" — the amount of time spent watching TV, looking at the computer, or playing video games. Limit recreational screen time to less than 2 hours per day. If you're with friends at the mall, you're getting more exercise than if you're IMing them from your room.
Watch out for portion distortion. Serving sizes have increased over the past 10 years, and these extra calories contribute to obesity. Another key factor in weight gain is that more people drink sugary beverages, such as sodas, juice drinks, and sports drinks. So choose smaller portions (or share restaurant portions) and go for water or low-fat milk instead of soda.
Eat 5 servings of fruits and veggies a day. Fruits and veggies are about more than just vitamins and minerals. They're also packed with fiber, which means they fill you up. And when you fill up on fruits and veggies, you're less likely to overeat when it comes to high-calorie foods like chips or cookies.
Don't skip breakfast. Breakfast kick-starts your metabolism, burning calories from the get-go and giving you energy to do more during the day. People who skip breakfast often feel so hungry that they eat more later on. So they get more calories than they would have if they ate breakfast. In fact, people who skip breakfast tend to have higher BMIs than people who eat breakfast.
Diets aren't the way to go when it comes to losing weight. That's because they create temporary eating patterns — and, therefore, temporary results. Most dieters gain back any lost weight when they go back to their old eating habits. So what's the best way to drop excess weight? Create a new normal!
Weight loss is most likely to be successful when people change their habits, replacing old, unhealthy ones with new, healthy behaviors. Here are 5 ways to make that happen:
Exercise. Regular physical activity burns calories and builds muscle — both of which help you look and feel good and keep weight off. Walking the family dog, cycling to school, and doing other things that increase your daily level of activity can all make a difference. If you want to burn more calories, increase the intensity of your workout and add some strength exercises to build muscle. The more muscle you have, the more calories you burn, even when you aren't exercising.
Reduce screen time. One reason people get less exercise these days is because of an increase in "screen time" — the amount of time spent watching TV, looking at the computer, or playing video games. Limit recreational screen time to less than 2 hours per day. If you're with friends at the mall, you're getting more exercise than if you're IMing them from your room.
Watch out for portion distortion. Serving sizes have increased over the past 10 years, and these extra calories contribute to obesity. Another key factor in weight gain is that more people drink sugary beverages, such as sodas, juice drinks, and sports drinks. So choose smaller portions (or share restaurant portions) and go for water or low-fat milk instead of soda.
Eat 5 servings of fruits and veggies a day. Fruits and veggies are about more than just vitamins and minerals. They're also packed with fiber, which means they fill you up. And when you fill up on fruits and veggies, you're less likely to overeat when it comes to high-calorie foods like chips or cookies.
Don't skip breakfast. Breakfast kick-starts your metabolism, burning calories from the get-go and giving you energy to do more during the day. People who skip breakfast often feel so hungry that they eat more later on. So they get more calories than they would have if they ate breakfast. In fact, people who skip breakfast tend to have higher BMIs than people who eat breakfast.
Diets aren't the way to go when it comes to losing weight. That's because they create temporary eating patterns — and, therefore, temporary results. Most dieters gain back any lost weight when they go back to their old eating habits. So what's the best way to drop excess weight? Create a new normal!
Weight loss is most likely to be successful when people change their habits, replacing old, unhealthy ones with new, healthy behaviors. Here are 5 ways to make that happen:
Exercise. Regular physical activity burns calories and builds muscle — both of which help you look and feel good and keep weight off. Walking the family dog, cycling to school, and doing other things that increase your daily level of activity can all make a difference. If you want to burn more calories, increase the intensity of your workout and add some strength exercises to build muscle. The more muscle you have, the more calories you burn, even when you aren't exercising.
Reduce screen time. One reason people get less exercise these days is because of an increase in "screen time" — the amount of time spent watching TV, looking at the computer, or playing video games. Limit recreational screen time to less than 2 hours per day. If you're with friends at the mall, you're getting more exercise than if you're IMing them from your room.
Watch out for portion distortion. Serving sizes have increased over the past 10 years, and these extra calories contribute to obesity. Another key factor in weight gain is that more people drink sugary beverages, such as sodas, juice drinks, and sports drinks. So choose smaller portions (or share restaurant portions) and go for water or low-fat milk instead of soda.
Eat 5 servings of fruits and veggies a day. Fruits and veggies are about more than just vitamins and minerals. They're also packed with fiber, which means they fill you up. And when you fill up on fruits and veggies, you're less likely to overeat when it comes to high-calorie foods like chips or cookies.
Don't skip breakfast. Breakfast kick-starts your metabolism, burning calories from the get-go and giving you energy to do more during the day. People who skip breakfast often feel so hungry that they eat more later on. So they get more calories than they would have if they ate breakfast. In fact, people who skip breakfast tend to have higher BMIs than people who eat breakfast.
Diets aren't the way to go when it comes to losing weight. That's because they create temporary eating patterns — and, therefore, temporary results. Most dieters gain back any lost weight when they go back to their old eating habits. So what's the best way to drop excess weight? Create a new normal!
Weight loss is most likely to be successful when people change their habits, replacing old, unhealthy ones with new, healthy behaviors. Here are 5 ways to make that happen:
Exercise. Regular physical activity burns calories and builds muscle — both of which help you look and feel good and keep weight off. Walking the family dog, cycling to school, and doing other things that increase your daily level of activity can all make a difference. If you want to burn more calories, increase the intensity of your workout and add some strength exercises to build muscle. The more muscle you have, the more calories you burn, even when you aren't exercising.
Reduce screen time. One reason people get less exercise these days is because of an increase in "screen time" — the amount of time spent watching TV, looking at the computer, or playing video games. Limit recreational screen time to less than 2 hours per day. If you're with friends at the mall, you're getting more exercise than if you're IMing them from your room.
Watch out for portion distortion. Serving sizes have increased over the past 10 years, and these extra calories contribute to obesity. Another key factor in weight gain is that more people drink sugary beverages, such as sodas, juice drinks, and sports drinks. So choose smaller portions (or share restaurant portions) and go for water or low-fat milk instead of soda.
Eat 5 servings of fruits and veggies a day. Fruits and veggies are about more than just vitamins and minerals. They're also packed with fiber, which means they fill you up. And when you fill up on fruits and veggies, you're less likely to overeat when it comes to high-calorie foods like chips or cookies.
Don't skip breakfast. Breakfast kick-starts your metabolism, burning calories from the get-go and giving you energy to do more during the day. People who skip breakfast often feel so hungry that they eat more later on. So they get more calories than they would have if they ate breakfast. In fact, people who skip breakfast tend to have higher BMIs than people who eat breakfast.
Diets aren't the way to go when it comes to losing weight. That's because they create temporary eating patterns — and, therefore, temporary results. Most dieters gain back any lost weight when they go back to their old eating habits. So what's the best way to drop excess weight? Create a new normal!
Weight loss is most likely to be successful when people change their habits, replacing old, unhealthy ones with new, healthy behaviors. Here are 5 ways to make that happen:
Exercise. Regular physical activity burns calories and builds muscle — both of which help you look and feel good and keep weight off. Walking the family dog, cycling to school, and doing other things that increase your daily level of activity can all make a difference. If you want to burn more calories, increase the intensity of your workout and add some strength exercises to build muscle. The more muscle you have, the more calories you burn, even when you aren't exercising.
Reduce screen time. One reason people get less exercise these days is because of an increase in "screen time" — the amount of time spent watching TV, looking at the computer, or playing video games. Limit recreational screen time to less than 2 hours per day. If you're with friends at the mall, you're getting more exercise than if you're IMing them from your room.
Watch out for portion distortion. Serving sizes have increased over the past 10 years, and these extra calories contribute to obesity. Another key factor in weight gain is that more people drink sugary beverages, such as sodas, juice drinks, and sports drinks. So choose smaller portions (or share restaurant portions) and go for water or low-fat milk instead of soda.
Eat 5 servings of fruits and veggies a day. Fruits and veggies are about more than just vitamins and minerals. They're also packed with fiber, which means they fill you up. And when you fill up on fruits and veggies, you're less likely to overeat when it comes to high-calorie foods like chips or cookies.
Don't skip breakfast. Breakfast kick-starts your metabolism, burning calories from the get-go and giving you energy to do more during the day. People who skip breakfast often feel so hungry that they eat more later on. So they get more calories than they would have if they ate breakfast. In fact, people who skip breakfast tend to have higher BMIs than people who eat breakfast.
Diets aren't the way to go when it comes to losing weight. That's because they create temporary eating patterns — and, therefore, temporary results. Most dieters gain back any lost weight when they go back to their old eating habits. So what's the best way to drop excess weight? Create a new normal!
Weight loss is most likely to be successful when people change their habits, replacing old, unhealthy ones with new, healthy behaviors. Here are 5 ways to make that happen:
Exercise. Regular physical activity burns calories and builds muscle — both of which help you look and feel good and keep weight off. Walking the family dog, cycling to school, and doing other things that increase your daily level of activity can all make a difference. If you want to burn more calories, increase the intensity of your workout and add some strength exercises to build muscle. The more muscle you have, the more calories you burn, even when you aren't exercising.
Reduce screen time. One reason people get less exercise these days is because of an increase in "screen time" — the amount of time spent watching TV, looking at the computer, or playing video games. Limit recreational screen time to less than 2 hours per day. If you're with friends at the mall, you're getting more exercise than if you're IMing them from your room.
Watch out for portion distortion. Serving sizes have increased over the past 10 years, and these extra calories contribute to obesity. Another key factor in weight gain is that more people drink sugary beverages, such as sodas, juice drinks, and sports drinks. So choose smaller portions (or share restaurant portions) and go for water or low-fat milk instead of soda.
Eat 5 servings of fruits and veggies a day. Fruits and veggies are about more than just vitamins and minerals. They're also packed with fiber, which means they fill you up. And when you fill up on fruits and veggies, you're less likely to overeat when it comes to high-calorie foods like chips or cookies.
Don't skip breakfast. Breakfast kick-starts your metabolism, burning calories from the get-go and giving you energy to do more during the day. People who skip breakfast often feel so hungry that they eat more later on. So they get more calories than they would have if they ate breakfast. In fact, people who skip breakfast tend to have higher BMIs than people who eat breakfast.
Diets aren't the way to go when it comes to losing weight. That's because they create temporary eating patterns — and, therefore, temporary results. Most dieters gain back any lost weight when they go back to their old eating habits. So what's the best way to drop excess weight? Create a new normal!
Weight loss is most likely to be successful when people change their habits, replacing old, unhealthy ones with new, healthy behaviors. Here are 5 ways to make that happen:
Exercise. Regular physical activity burns calories and builds muscle — both of which help you look and feel good and keep weight off. Walking the family dog, cycling to school, and doing other things that increase your daily level of activity can all make a difference. If you want to burn more calories, increase the intensity of your workout and add some strength exercises to build muscle. The more muscle you have, the more calories you burn, even when you aren't exercising.
Reduce screen time. One reason people get less exercise these days is because of an increase in "screen time" — the amount of time spent watching TV, looking at the computer, or playing video games. Limit recreational screen time to less than 2 hours per day. If you're with friends at the mall, you're getting more exercise than if you're IMing them from your room.
Watch out for portion distortion. Serving sizes have increased over the past 10 years, and these extra calories contribute to obesity. Another key factor in weight gain is that more people drink sugary beverages, such as sodas, juice drinks, and sports drinks. So choose smaller portions (or share restaurant portions) and go for water or low-fat milk instead of soda.
Eat 5 servings of fruits and veggies a day. Fruits and veggies are about more than just vitamins and minerals. They're also packed with fiber, which means they fill you up. And when you fill up on fruits and veggies, you're less likely to overeat when it comes to high-calorie foods like chips or cookies.
Don't skip breakfast. Breakfast kick-starts your metabolism, burning calories from the get-go and giving you energy to do more during the day. People who skip breakfast often feel so hungry that they eat more later on. So they get more calories than they would have if they ate breakfast. In fact, people who skip breakfast tend to have higher BMIs than people who eat breakfast.
Diets aren't the way to go when it comes to losing weight. That's because they create temporary eating patterns — and, therefore, temporary results. Most dieters gain back any lost weight when they go back to their old eating habits. So what's the best way to drop excess weight? Create a new normal!
Weight loss is most likely to be successful when people change their habits, replacing old, unhealthy ones with new, healthy behaviors. Here are 5 ways to make that happen:
Exercise. Regular physical activity burns calories and builds muscle — both of which help you look and feel good and keep weight off. Walking the family dog, cycling to school, and doing other things that increase your daily level of activity can all make a difference. If you want to burn more calories, increase the intensity of your workout and add some strength exercises to build muscle. The more muscle you have, the more calories you burn, even when you aren't exercising.
Reduce screen time. One reason people get less exercise these days is because of an increase in "screen time" — the amount of time spent watching TV, looking at the computer, or playing video games. Limit recreational screen time to less than 2 hours per day. If you're with friends at the mall, you're getting more exercise than if you're IMing them from your room.
Watch out for portion distortion. Serving sizes have increased over the past 10 years, and these extra calories contribute to obesity. Another key factor in weight gain is that more people drink sugary beverages, such as sodas, juice drinks, and sports drinks. So choose smaller portions (or share restaurant portions) and go for water or low-fat milk instead of soda.
Eat 5 servings of fruits and veggies a day. Fruits and veggies are about more than just vitamins and minerals. They're also packed with fiber, which means they fill you up. And when you fill up on fruits and veggies, you're less likely to overeat when it comes to high-calorie foods like chips or cookies.
Don't skip breakfast. Breakfast kick-starts your metabolism, burning calories from the get-go and giving you energy to do more during the day. People who skip breakfast often feel so hungry that they eat more later on. So they get more calories than they would have if they ate breakfast. In fact, people who skip breakfast tend to have higher BMIs than people who eat breakfast.
Try this fast and easy topping on fish or chicken dishes. Prep time: 10 minutes Ingredients:
1/4 c. orange juice
2 tsp. ginger juice or 1/2 tsp. ground ginger
1 tbsp. fresh cilantro, chopped
1/2 tsp. Asian sesame oil Directions:
Place all of the ingredients in a small saucepan and mix well.
Bring the sauce to a boil just before serving.
Serves: 2 Serving size: 2 tablespoons Nutritional analysis (per serving):
26 calories
0 g protein
1 g fat
1 mg sodium
4 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
Serve over 10-Minute Salmon.
Try this fast and easy topping on fish or chicken dishes. Prep time: 10 minutes Ingredients:
1/4 c. orange juice
2 tsp. ginger juice or 1/2 tsp. ground ginger
1 tbsp. fresh cilantro, chopped
1/2 tsp. Asian sesame oil Directions:
Place all of the ingredients in a small saucepan and mix well.
Bring the sauce to a boil just before serving.
Serves: 2 Serving size: 2 tablespoons Nutritional analysis (per serving):
26 calories
0 g protein
1 g fat
1 mg sodium
4 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
Serve over 10-Minute Salmon.
Try this fast and easy topping on fish or chicken dishes. Prep time: 10 minutes Ingredients:
1/4 c. orange juice
2 tsp. ginger juice or 1/2 tsp. ground ginger
1 tbsp. fresh cilantro, chopped
1/2 tsp. Asian sesame oil Directions:
Place all of the ingredients in a small saucepan and mix well.
Bring the sauce to a boil just before serving.
Serves: 2 Serving size: 2 tablespoons Nutritional analysis (per serving):
26 calories
0 g protein
1 g fat
1 mg sodium
4 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
Serve over 10-Minute Salmon.
Try this fast and easy topping on fish or chicken dishes. Prep time: 10 minutes Ingredients:
1/4 c. orange juice
2 tsp. ginger juice or 1/2 tsp. ground ginger
1 tbsp. fresh cilantro, chopped
1/2 tsp. Asian sesame oil Directions:
Place all of the ingredients in a small saucepan and mix well.
Bring the sauce to a boil just before serving.
Serves: 2 Serving size: 2 tablespoons Nutritional analysis (per serving):
26 calories
0 g protein
1 g fat
1 mg sodium
4 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
Serve over 10-Minute Salmon.
Try this fast and easy topping on fish or chicken dishes. Prep time: 10 minutes Ingredients:
1/4 c. orange juice
2 tsp. ginger juice or 1/2 tsp. ground ginger
1 tbsp. fresh cilantro, chopped
1/2 tsp. Asian sesame oil Directions:
Place all of the ingredients in a small saucepan and mix well.
Bring the sauce to a boil just before serving.
Serves: 2 Serving size: 2 tablespoons Nutritional analysis (per serving):
26 calories
0 g protein
1 g fat
1 mg sodium
4 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
Try this fast and easy topping on fish or chicken dishes. Prep time: 10 minutes Ingredients:
1/4 c. orange juice
2 tsp. ginger juice or 1/2 tsp. ground ginger
1 tbsp. fresh cilantro, chopped
1/2 tsp. Asian sesame oil Directions:
Place all of the ingredients in a small saucepan and mix well.
Bring the sauce to a boil just before serving.
Serves: 2 Serving size: 2 tablespoons Nutritional analysis (per serving):
26 calories
0 g protein
1 g fat
1 mg sodium
4 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
Try this fast and easy topping on fish or chicken dishes. Prep time: 10 minutes Ingredients:
1/4 c. orange juice
2 tsp. ginger juice or 1/2 tsp. ground ginger
1 tbsp. fresh cilantro, chopped
1/2 tsp. Asian sesame oil Directions:
Place all of the ingredients in a small saucepan and mix well.
Bring the sauce to a boil just before serving.
Serves: 2 Serving size: 2 tablespoons Nutritional analysis (per serving):
26 calories
0 g protein
1 g fat
1 mg sodium
4 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
Try this fast and easy topping on fish or chicken dishes. Prep time: 10 minutes Ingredients:
1/4 c. orange juice
2 tsp. ginger juice or 1/2 tsp. ground ginger
1 tbsp. fresh cilantro, chopped
1/2 tsp. Asian sesame oil Directions:
Place all of the ingredients in a small saucepan and mix well.
Bring the sauce to a boil just before serving.
Serves: 2 Serving size: 2 tablespoons Nutritional analysis (per serving):
26 calories
0 g protein
1 g fat
1 mg sodium
4 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
Try this fast and easy topping on fish or chicken dishes. Prep time: 10 minutes Ingredients:
1/4 c. orange juice
2 tsp. ginger juice or 1/2 tsp. ground ginger
1 tbsp. fresh cilantro, chopped
1/2 tsp. Asian sesame oil Directions:
Place all of the ingredients in a small saucepan and mix well.
Bring the sauce to a boil just before serving.
Serves: 2 Serving size: 2 tablespoons Nutritional analysis (per serving):
26 calories
0 g protein
1 g fat
1 mg sodium
4 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
Serve over 10-Minute Salmon.
Try this fast and easy topping on fish or chicken dishes. Prep time: 10 minutes Ingredients:
1/4 c. orange juice
2 tsp. ginger juice or 1/2 tsp. ground ginger
1 tbsp. fresh cilantro, chopped
1/2 tsp. Asian sesame oil Directions:
Place all of the ingredients in a small saucepan and mix well.
Bring the sauce to a boil just before serving.
Serves: 2 Serving size: 2 tablespoons Nutritional analysis (per serving):
26 calories
0 g protein
1 g fat
1 mg sodium
4 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
Serve over 10-Minute Salmon.
The presentation was called "Hair today, gone tomorrow."
The fragile, marshmallow-white girl stood up in front of the class. "I woke up one day to the surprise of drool on my cheek and a bald patch on my head," she said.
Although only 11, she gave her presentation using terms that only adults or medical students would understand. "My project is about the autoimmune disorder I have: alopecia areata."
Her classmates needed no explanation since it was obvious that the girl had lost her eyelashes, eyebrows, and hair. She frequently had to leave school for doctor appointments. Teasing was never an issue for her because people saw that she had not let her condition affect her life; confidence was her key. Her peers frequently asked her why she chose not to wear a wig, and she would merely reply, "My hair may be short enough to cause worry, but life is too short to allow it."
That girl is me. And today she is winning beauty pageants.
Losing Hair, Gaining Confidence
Life's challenges have been a bit different for me.
My father reassures me that even though he expected a son, I bring him the best of both worlds: the best boy haircut and the best daughter in the world!
My first 'real' boyfriend in the sixth grade broke up with me because he thought my hair — or lack thereof — was embarrassing. Five scholarship pageant titles later I showed him that the short style was 'in style'!
I proved many people wrong by winning the pageants I competed in, since most people think of beauty pageants as being only for long-blond-haired, blue-eyed girls. Confidence and talent helped me to compete, and confidence and talent allowed me to win. Finding Answers — and True Friends
After I woke up with the bald patch on my head when I was 10, it took a while to find out what was wrong. At first I was told that I pulled my hair back in ponytails that were too tight or that I was getting too much sun on my head. Then I was told I was reacting poorly to different shampoos. Every doctor had a different idea, yet none had a cure.
Finally, when I was almost 12, I was diagnosed with alopecia areata. Doctors believe alopecia areata is an autoimmune disease in which the hair follicles are damaged by a person's own immune system. In autoimmune diseases, the immune system mistakenly attacks healthy cells, tissues, and organs in a person's body, although the person usually has no problems inside the body.
Although I was relieved to know exactly what it was, I was disappointed to hear there was no cure. Strand by strand the bald patches on my head grew wider. I moved my part to the side and eventually was given permission to wear bandanas in school.
Each doctor recommended the same thing — to try out the steroid creams and the injections, which I did, or to shave the remaining hair and apply for a Locks of Love wig. As tempting as that may sound to a balding teen whose friends are busy getting perms or highlights, I knew that I was beautiful just as I was. No matter what anyone said or thought, I knew that as long as I believed in myself and had the support of my family and friends I was perfectly fine.
Quickly I learned who my true friends were. Some girls were embarrassed to be around me, others were amazed at how little the hair loss bothered me. When I meet someone new I am sure to avoid any discomfort on their part by letting them casually know that I am not dying but my hair simply dislikes me. I always get a good laugh! Crowning Glory
n June 2006, I competed for the first time in the Miss Delaware pageant at the young age of 17. At my preliminary local competition, when I was crowned "Miss Sussex County," I couldn’t actually be "crowned" because the Miss America crowns are made to be pinned to the hair on top of your head. Instead, I tied the crown to my head with a ribbon!
During the Miss Delaware competition, in my private interview with the judges I was asked, "If you won the title of Miss Delaware, most likely the board would ask you to wear a wig at the Miss America pageant. Would you comply with this requirement?" In response I said, "If the board is looking for a Miss Delaware who is not confident and must hide who she really is then I am not the girl for the crown." In the end I was the youngest contestant of 17 girls to make it to Miss Delaware and I placed 4th runner-up. Be The Change You Want to See
As I travel throughout the state with my title speaking to kids and other teens, I remind them of the quote I have chosen to live by, from Indian leader Mahatma Ghandi: "You must be the change you want to see in the world."
I believe that my purpose is to remind all people that it does not matter how different they are or what others may think of them. What really matters is that they believe in themselves and never lose faith.
It has been 8 years since I first discovered that 'harmless' tomato-sized bald patch on the crown of my head. Millions of lost strands later, I sit here somehow with the same amount of belief in myself as I had back then (if not more), bald patches or not. It feels like I've learned so many lessons. I could not have asked for a better gift!
The presentation was called "Hair today, gone tomorrow."
The fragile, marshmallow-white girl stood up in front of the class. "I woke up one day to the surprise of drool on my cheek and a bald patch on my head," she said.
Although only 11, she gave her presentation using terms that only adults or medical students would understand. "My project is about the autoimmune disorder I have: alopecia areata."
Her classmates needed no explanation since it was obvious that the girl had lost her eyelashes, eyebrows, and hair. She frequently had to leave school for doctor appointments. Teasing was never an issue for her because people saw that she had not let her condition affect her life; confidence was her key. Her peers frequently asked her why she chose not to wear a wig, and she would merely reply, "My hair may be short enough to cause worry, but life is too short to allow it."
That girl is me. And today she is winning beauty pageants.
Losing Hair, Gaining Confidence
Life's challenges have been a bit different for me.
My father reassures me that even though he expected a son, I bring him the best of both worlds: the best boy haircut and the best daughter in the world!
My first 'real' boyfriend in the sixth grade broke up with me because he thought my hair — or lack thereof — was embarrassing. Five scholarship pageant titles later I showed him that the short style was 'in style'!
I proved many people wrong by winning the pageants I competed in, since most people think of beauty pageants as being only for long-blond-haired, blue-eyed girls. Confidence and talent helped me to compete, and confidence and talent allowed me to win. Finding Answers — and True Friends
After I woke up with the bald patch on my head when I was 10, it took a while to find out what was wrong. At first I was told that I pulled my hair back in ponytails that were too tight or that I was getting too much sun on my head. Then I was told I was reacting poorly to different shampoos. Every doctor had a different idea, yet none had a cure.
Finally, when I was almost 12, I was diagnosed with alopecia areata. Doctors believe alopecia areata is an autoimmune disease in which the hair follicles are damaged by a person's own immune system. In autoimmune diseases, the immune system mistakenly attacks healthy cells, tissues, and organs in a person's body, although the person usually has no problems inside the body.
Although I was relieved to know exactly what it was, I was disappointed to hear there was no cure. Strand by strand the bald patches on my head grew wider. I moved my part to the side and eventually was given permission to wear bandanas in school.
Each doctor recommended the same thing — to try out the steroid creams and the injections, which I did, or to shave the remaining hair and apply for a Locks of Love wig. As tempting as that may sound to a balding teen whose friends are busy getting perms or highlights, I knew that I was beautiful just as I was. No matter what anyone said or thought, I knew that as long as I believed in myself and had the support of my family and friends I was perfectly fine.
Quickly I learned who my true friends were. Some girls were embarrassed to be around me, others were amazed at how little the hair loss bothered me. When I meet someone new I am sure to avoid any discomfort on their part by letting them casually know that I am not dying but my hair simply dislikes me. I always get a good laugh! Crowning Glory
June 2006, I competed for the first time in the Miss Delaware pageant at the young age of 17. At my preliminary local competition, when I was crowned "Miss Sussex County," I couldn’t actually be "crowned" because the Miss America crowns are made to be pinned to the hair on top of your head. Instead, I tied the crown to my head with a ribbon!
During the Miss Delaware competition, in my private interview with the judges I was asked, "If you won the title of Miss Delaware, most likely the board would ask you to wear a wig at the Miss America pageant. Would you comply with this requirement?" In response I said, "If the board is looking for a Miss Delaware who is not confident and must hide who she really is then I am not the girl for the crown." In the end I was the youngest contestant of 17 girls to make it to Miss Delaware and I placed 4th runner-up. Be The Change You Want to See
As I travel throughout the state with my title speaking to kids and other teens, I remind them of the quote I have chosen to live by, from Indian leader Mahatma Ghandi: "You must be the change you want to see in the world."
I believe that my purpose is to remind all people that it does not matter how different they are or what others may think of them. What really matters is that they believe in themselves and never lose faith.
It has been 8 years since I first discovered that 'harmless' tomato-sized bald patch on the crown of my head. Millions of lost strands later, I sit here somehow with the same amount of belief in myself as I had back then (if not more), bald patches or not. It feels like I've learned so many lessons. I could not have asked for a better gift!
__________________ Jennifer DX-november 2005 glucophage 2000mg spironolactone 200mg yaz and nexium
To view links or images in signatures your post count must be 0 or greater. You currently have 0 posts.
To view links or images in signatures your post count must be 0 or greater. You currently have 0 posts.
Try this fast and easy topping on fish or chicken dishes. Prep time: 10 minutes Ingredients:
1/4 c. orange juice
2 tsp. ginger juice or 1/2 tsp. ground ginger
1 tbsp. fresh cilantro, chopped
1/2 tsp. Asian sesame oil Directions:
Place all of the ingredients in a small saucepan and mix well.
Bring the sauce to a boil just before serving.
Serves: 2 Serving size: 2 tablespoons Nutritional analysis (per serving):
26 calories
0 g protein
1 g fat
1 mg sodium
4 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
Serve over 10-Minute Salmon.
Try this fast and easy topping on fish or chicken dishes. Prep time: 10 minutes Ingredients:
1/4 c. orange juice
2 tsp. ginger juice or 1/2 tsp. ground ginger
1 tbsp. fresh cilantro, chopped
1/2 tsp. Asian sesame oil Directions:
Place all of the ingredients in a small saucepan and mix well.
Bring the sauce to a boil just before serving.
Serves: 2 Serving size: 2 tablespoons Nutritional analysis (per serving):
26 calories
0 g protein
1 g fat
1 mg sodium
4 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
Serve over 10-Minute Salmon.
Try this fast and easy topping on fish or chicken dishes. Prep time: 10 minutes Ingredients:
1/4 c. orange juice
2 tsp. ginger juice or 1/2 tsp. ground ginger
1 tbsp. fresh cilantro, chopped
1/2 tsp. Asian sesame oil Directions:
Place all of the ingredients in a small saucepan and mix well.
Bring the sauce to a boil just before serving.
Serves: 2 Serving size: 2 tablespoons Nutritional analysis (per serving):
26 calories
0 g protein
1 g fat
1 mg sodium
4 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
Serve over 10-Minute Salmon.
Try this fast and easy topping on fish or chicken dishes. Prep time: 10 minutes Ingredients:
1/4 c. orange juice
2 tsp. ginger juice or 1/2 tsp. ground ginger
1 tbsp. fresh cilantro, chopped
1/2 tsp. Asian sesame oil Directions:
Place all of the ingredients in a small saucepan and mix well.
Bring the sauce to a boil just before serving.
Serves: 2 Serving size: 2 tablespoons Nutritional analysis (per serving):
26 calories
0 g protein
1 g fat
1 mg sodium
4 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
Serve over 10-Minute Salmon.
Try this fast and easy topping on fish or chicken dishes. Prep time: 10 minutes Ingredients:
1/4 c. orange juice
2 tsp. ginger juice or 1/2 tsp. ground ginger
1 tbsp. fresh cilantro, chopped
1/2 tsp. Asian sesame oil Directions:
Place all of the ingredients in a small saucepan and mix well.
Bring the sauce to a boil just before serving.
Srves: 2 Serving size: 2 tablespoons Nutritional analysis (per serving):
26 calories
0 g protein
1 g fat
1 mg sodium
4 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
Try this fast and easy topping on fish or chicken dishes. Prep time: 10 minutes Ingredients:
1/4 c. orange juice
2 tsp. ginger juice or 1/2 tsp. ground ginger
1 tbsp. fresh cilantro, chopped
1/2 tsp. Asian sesame oil Directions: Place all of the ingredients in a small saucepan and mix well.
Bring the sauce to a boil just before sves: 2 Serving size: 2 tablespoons Nutritional analysis (per serving):
26 calories
0 g protein
1 g fat
1 mg sodium
4 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
Try this fast and easy topping on fish or chicken dishes. Prep time: 10 minutes Ingredients:
1/4 c. orange juice
2 tsp. ginger juice or 1/2 tsp. ground ginger
1 tbsp. fresh cilantro, chopped
1/2 tsp. Asian sesame oil Directions:
Place all of the ingredients in a small saucepan and mix well.
Bring the sauce to a boil just before serving.
Serves: 2 Serving size: 2 tablespoons Nutritional analysis (per serving):
26 calories
0 g protein
1 g fat
1 mg sodium
4 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
Try this fast and easy topping on fish or chicken dishes. Prep time: 10 minutes Ingredients:
1/4 c. orange juice
2 tsp. ginger juice or 1/2 tsp. ground ginger
1 tbsp. fresh cilantro, chopped
1/2 tsp. Asian sesame oil Directions: Place all of the ingredients in a small saucepan and mix well.
Bring the sauce to a boil just before serving. Serving size: 2 tablespoons Nutritional analysis (per serving):
26 calories
0 g protein
1 g fat
1 mg sodium
4 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
Try this fast and easy topping on fish or chicken dishes. Prep time: 10 minutes Ingredients:
1/4 c. orange juice
2 tsp. ginger juice or 1/2 tsp. ground ginger
1 tbsp. fresh cilantro, chopped
1/2 tsp. Asian sesame oil Directions:
Place all of the ingredients in a small saucepan and mix well.
Bring the sauce to a boil just before serving. Serves: 2 Serving size: 2 tablespoons Nutritional analysis (per serving):
26 calories
0 g protein
1 g fat
1 mg sodium
4 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
Serve over 10-Minute Salmon.
Try this fast and easy topping on fish or chicken dishes. Prep time: 10 minutes Ingredients:
1/4 c. orange juice
2 tsp. ginger juice or 1/2 tsp. ground ginger
1 tbsp. fresh cilantro, chopped
1/2 tsp. Asian sesame oil Directions:
Place all of the ingredients in a small saucepan and mix well.
Bring the sauce to a boil just before serving. Serves: 2 Serving size: 2 tablespoons Nutritional analysis (per serving):
26 calories
0 g protein
1 g fat
1 mg sodium
4 mg calcium
Note: Nutritional analysis may vary depending on ingredient brands used. Variations and suggestions:
Serve over 10-Minute Salmon.
The presentation was called "Hair today, gone tomorrow."
The fragile, marshmallow-white girl stood up in front of the class. "I woke up one day to the surprise of drool on my cheek and a bald patch on my head," she said.
Although only 11, she gave her presentation using terms that only adults or medical students would understand. "My project is about the autoimmune disorder I have: alopecia areata."
Her classmates needed no explanation since it was obvious that the girl had lost her eyelashes, eyebrows, and hair. She frequently had to leave school for doctor appointments. Teasing was never an issue for her because people saw that she had not let her condition affect her life; confidence was her key. Her peers frequently asked her why she chose not to wear a wig, and she would merely reply, "My hair may be short enough to cause worry, but life is too short to allow it."
That girl is me. And today she is winning beauty pageants. Losing Hair, Gaining Confidence
Life's challenges have been a bit different for me.
My father reassures me that even though he expected a son, I bring him the best of both worlds: the best boy haircut and the best daughter in the world!
My first 'real' boyfriend in the sixth grade broke up with me because he thought my hair — or lack thereof — was embarrassing. Five scholarship pageant titles later I showed him that the short style was 'in style'!
I proved many people wrong by winning the pageants I competed in, since most people think of beauty pageants as being only for long-blond-haired, blue-eyed girls. Confidence and talent helped me to compete, and confidence and talent allowed me to win. Finding Answers — and True Friends
After I woke up with the bald patch on my head when I was 10, it took a while to find out what was wrong. At first I was told that I pulled my hair back in ponytails that were too tight or that I was getting too much sun on my head. Then I was told I was reacting poorly to different shampoos. Every doctor had a different idea, yet none had a cure.
Finally, when I was almost 12, I was diagnosed with alopecia areata. Doctors believe alopecia areata is an autoimmune disease in which the hair follicles are damaged by a person's own immune system. In autoimmune diseases, the immune system mistakenly attacks healthy cells, tissues, and organs in a person's body, although the person usually has no problems inside the body.
Although I was relieved to know exactly what it was, I was disappointed to hear there was no cure. Strand by strand the bald patches on my head grew wider. I moved my part to the side and eventually was given permission to wear bandanas in school.
Each doctor recommended the same thing — to try out the steroid creams and the injections, which I did, or to shave the remaining hair and apply for a Locks of Love wig. As tempting as that may sound to a balding teen whose friends are busy getting perms or highlights, I knew that I was beautiful just as I was. No matter what anyone said or thought, I knew that as long as I believed in myself and had the support of my family and friends I was perfectly fine.
Quickly I learned who my true friends were. Some girls were embarrassed to be around me, others were amazed at how little the hair loss bothered me. When I meet someone new I am sure to avoid any discomfort on their part by letting them casually know that I am not dying but my hair simply dislikes me. I always get a good laugh! Crowning Glory
n June 2006, I competed for the first time in the Miss Delaware pageant at the young age of 17. At my preliminary local competition, when I was crowned "Miss Sussex County," I couldn’t actually be "crowned" because the Miss America crowns are made to be pinned to the hair on top of your head. Instead, I tied the crown to my head with a ribbon!
During the Miss Delaware competition, in my private interview with the judges I was asked, "If you won the title of Miss Delaware, most likely the board would ask you to wear a wig at the Miss America pageant. Would you comply with this requirement?" In response I said, "If the board is looking for a Miss Delaware who is not confident and must hide who she really is then I am not the girl for the crown." In the end I was the youngest contestant of 17 girls to make it to Miss Delaware and I placed 4th runner-up. Be The Change You Want to See
As I travel throughout the state with my title speaking to kids and other teens, I remind them of the quote I have chosen to live by, from Indian leader Mahatma Ghandi: "You must be the change you want to see in the world."
I believe that my purpose is to remind all people that it does not matter how different they are or what others may think of them. What really matters is that they believe in themselves and never lose faith.
It has been 8 years since I first discovered that 'harmless' tomato-sized bald patch on the crown of my head. Millions of lost strands later, I sit here somehow with the same amount of belief in myself as I had back then (if not more), bald patches or not. It feels like I've learned so many lessons. I could not have asked for a better gift!
The presentation was called "Hair today, gone tomorrow."
The fragile, marshmallow-white girl stood up in front of the class. "I woke up one day to the surprise of drool on my cheek and a bald patch on my head," she said.
Although only 11, she gave her presentation using terms that only adults or medical students would understand. "My project is about the autoimmune disorder I have: alopecia areata."
Her classmates needed no explanation since it was obvious that the girl had lost her eyelashes, eyebrows, and hair. She frequently had to leave school for doctor appointments. Teasing was never an issue for her because people saw that she had not let her condition affect her life; confidence was her key. Her peers frequently asked her why she chose not to wear a wig, and she would merely reply, "My hair may be short enough to cause worry, but life is too short to allow it."
That girl is me. And today she is winning beauty pageants. Losing Hair, Gaining Confidence
Life's challenges have been a bit different for me.
My father reassures me that even though he expected a son, I bring him the best of both worlds: the best boy haircut and the best daughter in the world!
My first 'real' boyfriend in the sixth grade broke up with me because he thought my hair — or lack thereof — was embarrassing. Five scholarship pageant titles later I showed him that the short style was 'in style'
I proved many people wrong by winning the pageants I competed in, since most people think of beauty pageants as being only for long-blond-haired, blue-eyed girls. Confidence and talent helped me to compete, and confidence and talent allowed me to win. Finding Answers — and True Friends
After I woke up with the bald patch on my head when I was 10, it took a while to find out what was wrong. At first I was told that I pulled my hair back in ponytails that were too tight or that I was getting too much sun on my head. Then I was told I was reacting poorly to different shampoos. Every doctor had a different idea, yet none had a cure.
Finally, when I was almost 12, I was diagnosed with alopecia areata. Doctors believe alopecia areata is an autoimmune disease in which the hair follicles are damaged by a person's own immune system. In autoimmune diseases, the immune system mistakenly attacks healthy cells, tissues, and organs in a person's body, although the person usually has no problems inside the body.
Although I was relieved to know exactly what it was, I was disappointed to hear there was no cure. Strand by strand the bald patches on my head grew wider. I moved my part to the side and eventually was given permission to wear bandanas in school.
Each doctor recommended the same thing — to try out the steroid creams and the injections, which I did, or to shave the remaining hair and apply for a Locks of Love wig. As tempting as that may sound to a balding teen whose friends are busy getting perms or highlights, I knew that I was beautiful just as I was. No matter what anyone said or thought, I knew that as long as I believed in myself and had the support of my family and friends I was perfectly fine.
Quickly I learned who my true friends were. Some girls were embarrassed to be around me, others were amazed at how little the hair loss bothered me. When I meet someone new I am sure to avoid any discomfort on their part by letting them casually know that I am not dying but my hair simply dislikes me. I always get a good laugh! Crowning Glory
June 2006, I competed for the first time in the Miss Delaware pageant at the young age of 17. At my preliminary local competition, when I was crowned "Miss Sussex County," I couldn’t actually be "crowned" because the Miss America crowns are made to be pinned to the hair on top of your head. Instead, I tied the crown to my head with a ribbon!
During the Miss Delaware competition, in my private interview with the judges I was asked, "If you won the title of Miss Delaware, most likely the board would ask you to wear a wig at the Miss America pageant. Would you comply with this requirement?" In response I said, "If the board is looking for a Miss Delaware who is not confident and must hide who she really is then I am not the girl for the crown." In the end I was the youngest contestant of 17 girls to make it to Miss Delaware and I placed 4th runner-up. Be The Change You Want to See
As I travel throughout the state with my title speaking to kids and other teens, I remind them of the quote I have chosen to live by, from Indian leader Mahatma Ghandi: "You must be the change you want to see in the world."I believe that my purpose is to remind all people that it does not matter how different they are or what others may think of them. What really matters is that they believe in themselves a
It has been 8 years since I first discovered that 'harmless' tomato-sized bald patch on the crown of my head. Millions of lost strands later, I sit here somehow with the same amount of belief in myself as I had back then (if not more), bald patches or not. It feels like I've learned so many lessons. I could not have asked for a better gift!
__________________ Jennifer DX-november 2005 glucophage 2000mg spironolactone 200mg yaz and nexium
To view links or images in signatures your post count must be 0 or greater. You currently have 0 posts.
To view links or images in signatures your post count must be 0 or greater. You currently have 0 posts.
You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Lerning for LifeDiabetes has its up and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?Maybe I should explain how I got there.
From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
__________________ Jennifer DX-november 2005 glucophage 2000mg spironolactone 200mg yaz and nexium
To view links or images in signatures your post count must be 0 or greater. You currently have 0 posts.
To view links or images in signatures your post count must be 0 or greater. You currently have 0 posts.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
__________________ Jennifer DX-november 2005 glucophage 2000mg spironolactone 200mg yaz and nexium
To view links or images in signatures your post count must be 0 or greater. You currently have 0 posts.
To view links or images in signatures your post count must be 0 or greater. You currently have 0 posts.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
__________________ Jennifer DX-november 2005 glucophage 2000mg spironolactone 200mg yaz and nexium
To view links or images in signatures your post count must be 0 or greater. You currently have 0 posts.
To view links or images in signatures your post count must be 0 or greater. You currently have 0 posts.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
__________________ Jennifer DX-november 2005 glucophage 2000mg spironolactone 200mg yaz and nexium
To view links or images in signatures your post count must be 0 or greater. You currently have 0 posts.
To view links or images in signatures your post count must be 0 or greater. You currently have 0 posts.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
"You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
Maybe I should explain how I got there. From Beach Chair to Hospital Bed
During the summer of 2000 I was in Puerto Rico at a family reunion. We were relaxing by the beach when suddenly I had to go to the bathroom. Five minutes later I had to go again. I thought it was all the water I was drinking, so I cut back. Still, the frequent trips to the bathroom continued. When I had two "accidents," I realized that something was wrong. I mean, at age 12 these things don't happen. We called the doctor's office and they said it was probably just a urinary tract infection. I was given some antibiotics. Unfortunately, the medication had no effect. We cut our trip short and returned home. On the flight back, we had to ask for a seat close to the bathroom because my trips were increasing in frequency.
As soon as our plane landed, we headed to my physician's office. They took a urine sample, and for once I had no trouble giving one. When they tested it, they found traces of sugar in it. The physician then told me she wanted to check my blood sugar. I was scared! My grandparents have diabetes, so I knew that meant a needle. The machine read "466." My doctor stepped out of the room and, when she returned, she told me I had to go to the hospital. They were waiting for me there. She pulled my mom aside. I realized that things were not going well.
That's how I ended up with an IV in my arm, wearing one of those revealing robes; pulled from paradise into a world of white with beeping noises and bad food. During my time in the hospital, my family and I were taught about diabetes and how to manage it. I had to learn what to eat and how to give myself shots. I even had to improve my math skills in order to count carbohydrates.
I was overwhelmed! All I could think was, "I'm only 12 years old! How could this happen?" The fact that I was starting a new school that year didn't help. I didn't know how people would react or what they would say. What if they rejected me because of it? Would they make fun of me? Would I make friends? What if my blood sugar acted up and I made a fool of myself in class? Living With Diabetes - and Little Brothers
At first I was really quiet about having diabetes. I refused to tell anyone in school. Then, when my friends began asking me why I had to go to the nurse's office all the time, I decided to tell them. It turned out to be a good choice. Everyone was interested. They asked some funny questions like "Is it contagious?" (it's not) and "So, wait, you can never have sugar?" (I can). But I enjoyed explaining. When I had low blood sugar at school, my friends noticed it immediately and were able to help me.
What is a day with diabetes like? I wake up and check my blood sugar using a finger-prick test. At breakfast I count carbohydrates and do some math in order to inject the proper dosage of insulin. At lunch, dinner, and before bed it's the same routine. If I have any symptoms of high or low blood sugar, then I have to prick my finger once again. It's not a good idea for me to skip meals. And I have to do extra checks on my blood sugar levels when I'm doing any kind of intense physical activity. Diabetes can also make someone moody. I will be happy and bouncing off the walls one second, and the next, I am yelling at my brothers.
I must confess that having diabetes has not been a walk in the park. There have been times when I want to rip my hair out! For example, I wasn't even able to go to a sleepover until the tenth grade! My parents were kind of scared by it all.
I love sports. I can still play - I've played basketball, volleyball, and soccer - but I have to watch out for my blood sugar levels. During volleyball season, I tested my blood sugar more often. My blood sugar levels can affect my performance, so I wanted to make sure they were where they should be. Now I am getting in shape for soccer. All the running lowers my blood sugars, but the adrenaline rush can make them rise, causing my blood sugars to go up and down like a roller-coaster sometimes.
And I have the biggest sweet tooth imaginable. I mean I love candy (especially white chocolate) and ice cream. Before I was diagnosed with diabetes, I would eat it all the time. Afterward, well, let's just say I felt like a chronic smoker who had to stop smoking cold turkey. It was horrible. I craved it all the time! My two little brothers didn't help. They would sit there and eat any possible trace of sugar in the house right in front of me. Don't get me wrong, I am allowed to have sugar, as long as I don't go overboard. But let's be honest, once you have a slice, you want the whole cake. Things That Changed My Life
My teenage years have been OK so far. I have learned how to handle my diabetes a lot better. In 2001, I got my insulin pump. That has completely changed my life, and things are a lot easier. I don't have to take a shot every time I eat, just one shot every 2 days. The pump takes a lot of the work off my hands. I still have to do calculations based on what I eat, but at least I don't have to give myself four shots a day. I only need to use a needle to insert a tiny plastic tube under my skin every 2 days. The pump is barely noticeable, too. Many people confuse it for a cell phone because of its size. It also comes with a lot of accessories, and as a girl, I love that!
I have also learned a lot more about diabetes and how to handle it. I have attended diabetes camps and have seen children much younger than I am with the same disease. Meeting them and their families has given me a more positive perspective on my diabetes. I have learned to whine less. If children 2 years of age can handle it, why can't I? I have also become involved with the American Diabetes Association and the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. I want to help others with diabetes. I figure, "Hey, if I have to live with it, why not help others walking the same path?" If you help one person, you help the world. Dating and Family
One of the major areas in teenage life is dating, the most complicated area in life, right? Let's throw diabetes into the mix. Get the picture? In July 2002, I began a relationship. The guy was a close friend. Actually, he was also my next-door neighbor. (OK girls, ready, "awwww!") But on a more serious note, it was extremely difficult. He was the one person I was afraid to tell about my diabetes. See, I always had a crush on the guy. I thought that if I told him, it would make me less appealing. It wasn't until a month before we started dating that I told him about my diabetes. I was surprised when he told me that his grandmother had it. He was willing to learn all about it! My mom invited him over and taught him all the signs of high and low blood sugar, how to work my insulin pump, and how to check my blood sugar.
Every time we went out, he would make sure I checked my blood sugar and followed my meal plan - which was really bad when I wanted to cheat! He even got me sugar-free white chocolate for Valentine's Day. He would attend and help with all the diabetes walks and fundraisers. It was great. I really appreciate him for that. It also helped that I had someone to talk to when I was stressed about my diabetes. It helps to talk to someone other than your family members. Sometimes it's even easier.
But I have to give credit where it's due. My family has been so supportive of me. My parents have made so many sacrifices in order to provide all of my medical supplies, especially my mom. She is my angel. She will go out of her way to make sure I have everything I might possibly need, even if it's something as small as alcohol swabs. My brothers are incredible as well. My youngest brother, Gabriel, is 13, but incredibly mature. At night when I fall asleep studying, he comes into my room and checks my blood sugar for me. I could not ask for a better support system. Learning for Life
Diabetes has its ups and downs. Some days I think it's too much to handle, others I forget I even have it. I personally think diabetes has helped me grow as a person. I have become more responsible and mature. Because of my experience, I have decided to become a pediatric endocrinologist. This way I can help children with the same problems, and they can't tell me, "You don't know what I'm going through!" Diabetes has become a friend. All I have to do is view it as a part of me, not some disease. Yes, the road is hard, but nothing comes easy. You have to work for what you want.
__________________ Jennifer DX-november 2005 glucophage 2000mg spironolactone 200mg yaz and nexium
To view links or images in signatures your post count must be 0 or greater. You currently have 0 posts.
To view links or images in signatures your post count must be 0 or greater. You currently have 0 posts.
new medicine same as met 
You have juvenile diabetes." Not something you hear every day, huh? But those were the words that changed my life forever. On August 31, 2000, I was lying in a hospital bed and the doctors were explaining that my pancreas had stopped functioning and I was no longer producing insulin. I was zoned out. Diabetes? How is that possible? Why me?
